1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1476 \begin_layout Standard
1478 \begin_inset space \space{}
1482 \begin_inset Graphics
1483 filename ../images/down.png
1484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1489 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/up.png
1500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1509 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1511 So you can for example move section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1520 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/promote.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/demote.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1536 So you can for example make section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1541 \begin_inset space ~
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1551 \begin_layout Section
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1555 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1574 LyX's default is CUA.
1577 \begin_layout Standard
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1610 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1614 \begin_layout Labeling
1615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1620 LatexCommand nomenclature
1622 description "Tabulator key"
1628 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1629 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1636 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1643 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1647 , especially section
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1654 reference "sub:Lists"
1660 If you're still confused, look in the
1667 \begin_layout Labeling
1668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1672 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1673 LatexCommand nomenclature
1675 description "Escape key"
1682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1689 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1690 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1693 \begin_layout Labeling
1694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1700 \begin_inset space ~
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1711 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1712 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1716 \begin_layout Standard
1717 There are three modifier keys:
1720 \begin_layout Labeling
1721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1739 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1740 LatexCommand nomenclature
1742 description "Control key"
1746 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1747 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1751 \begin_layout Itemize
1760 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1763 \begin_layout Itemize
1772 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1775 \begin_layout Itemize
1784 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1788 \begin_layout Labeling
1789 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1807 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1808 LatexCommand nomenclature
1810 description "Shift key"
1814 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1815 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1818 \begin_layout Labeling
1819 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1837 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1838 LatexCommand nomenclature
1840 description "Meta or Alt key"
1844 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1845 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1846 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1852 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1854 menu accelerator keys
1857 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1858 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1862 \begin_layout Standard
1863 For example, the sequence
1864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1870 \begin_inset space ~
1874 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset space ~
1888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1911 \begin_inset space ~
1917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1928 There are also other things bound to the
1932 key, but you'll have to check in the
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1945 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1946 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1947 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1948 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1949 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1950 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1951 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1952 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1968 followed by a capital
1974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1992 \begin_layout Standard
1993 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1995 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 The preferences are opened with the menu
2001 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2007 \begin_layout Chapter
2012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2021 \begin_layout Section
2026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2035 \begin_layout Subsection
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2041 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2042 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2043 numbering schemes, and so on.
2044 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2045 and format the title of your document differently.
2048 \begin_layout Standard
2053 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2054 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2055 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2056 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2057 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2060 \begin_layout Standard
2061 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2062 how to adjust their properties.
2065 \begin_layout Subsection
2070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2079 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2086 \begin_layout Standard
2087 You can select a class using the
2089 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2103 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2111 \begin_layout Standard
2112 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2116 \begin_layout Description
2117 Article for basic articles
2120 \begin_layout Description
2121 Report for basic reports
2124 \begin_layout Description
2125 Book for writing a book
2128 \begin_layout Description
2129 Letter for US-style letters
2132 \begin_layout Standard
2133 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2135 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2136 can be found in chapter
2138 Special Document Classes
2147 \begin_layout Description
2148 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2151 \begin_layout Description
2158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2171 \begin_layout Description
2172 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2173 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2174 There are three article layouts available.
2175 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2176 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2177 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2178 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2183 sequential numbering
2184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2187 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2188 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2189 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2190 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2193 \begin_layout Description
2194 Beamer Layout for presentations
2197 \begin_layout Description
2198 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2199 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2203 \begin_layout Description
2205 \begin_inset space ~
2208 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2211 \begin_layout Description
2212 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2215 \begin_layout Description
2218 Die TeXnische Komödie
2220 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2223 \begin_layout Description
2224 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2227 \begin_layout Description
2228 Foils Used to make transparencies
2231 \begin_layout Description
2232 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2235 \begin_layout Description
2236 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2237 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2241 \begin_layout Description
2242 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2243 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2246 \begin_layout Description
2247 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2250 \begin_layout Description
2251 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2254 \begin_layout Description
2255 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2256 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2259 \begin_layout Description
2260 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2263 \begin_layout Description
2268 LaTeX document class
2271 \begin_layout Description
2272 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2275 \begin_layout Description
2280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2287 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2288 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2290 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2293 \begin_layout Description
2294 Slides Used to make transparencies
2297 \begin_layout Description
2299 \begin_inset space ~
2302 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2303 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2306 \begin_layout Description
2307 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2310 \begin_layout Description
2315 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2321 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2326 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2327 of the document classes.
2330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2351 \begin_layout Standard
2352 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2353 in the chosen document class.
2354 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2356 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2357 the corresponding module in the
2363 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2377 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2381 \begin_layout Standard
2382 Note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed
2384 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2385 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2389 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2393 \begin_layout Standard
2394 Each class has a default set of options.
2395 Here's a quick table describing them:
2398 \begin_layout Standard
2399 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2405 \begin_layout Standard
2407 \begin_inset Tabular
2408 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2875 \begin_layout Standard
2876 You're probably also wondering what
2877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2881 \begin_inset space ~
2885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2889 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2890 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2895 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2900 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2910 headings, there are also
2918 headings, and so on.
2919 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2920 \begin_inset space ~
2924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2926 reference "sub:Headings"
2933 \begin_layout Subsection
2938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2947 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 \begin_layout Standard
2967 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2980 \begin_inset space ~
2985 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2987 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2988 to use for your document.
2989 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2993 \begin_layout Standard
3000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3006 \begin_inset space ~
3011 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3012 You can choose between the following five options:
3015 \begin_layout Labeling
3016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3021 Use default page style of current class.
3024 \begin_layout Labeling
3025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3030 No page numbers or headings.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3042 \begin_layout Labeling
3043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3048 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3049 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3050 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3053 \begin_layout Labeling
3054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3059 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3075 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3076 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3078 Check the documentation for the
3082 package for more details,
3083 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3092 \begin_layout Standard
3097 of paragraphs is described in section
3098 \begin_inset space ~
3102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3104 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3111 \begin_layout Subsection
3112 Paper Size and Orientation
3116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3117 Document ! Paper size
3123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3125 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3132 \begin_layout Standard
3133 You'll find the following options in the menu
3136 \begin_inset space ~
3141 of the dialog of the
3143 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3161 \begin_layout Labeling
3162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3166 \begin_inset space ~
3171 What size paper to print on.
3175 \begin_layout Itemize
3181 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Itemize
3203 \begin_layout Itemize
3209 \begin_layout Itemize
3215 \begin_layout Itemize
3221 \begin_layout Labeling
3222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3227 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3238 \begin_layout Labeling
3239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3243 \begin_inset space ~
3248 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3249 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3252 \begin_layout Subsection
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3283 \begin_layout Standard
3284 Paper margins are set in the menu
3286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 \begin_layout Standard
3305 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3306 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3307 the paper format and the font size into account.
3310 \begin_layout Subsection
3314 \begin_layout Standard
3315 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3320 That includes the paragraph environments.
3321 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3322 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3323 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3324 paragraph environments to
3328 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3329 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3330 the conversion and why it failed.
3333 \begin_layout Section
3334 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 Paragraph ! Indentation
3347 \begin_layout Subsection
3349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3351 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3358 \begin_layout Standard
3359 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3360 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3363 \begin_layout Standard
3364 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3365 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3366 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3367 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3371 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3377 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3378 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3379 language than English.
3380 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3383 \begin_layout Standard
3384 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3385 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3387 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3388 LyX takes care of that.
3389 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3391 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3392 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3393 of a page, and so on.
3397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3398 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3403 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3404 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3408 of these pre-coded spacings.
3409 We'll explain more later.
3412 \begin_layout Subsection
3413 Paragraph Separation
3417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3418 Paragraph ! Separation
3426 \begin_layout Standard
3427 To separate paragraphs, select
3438 \begin_inset space ~
3445 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3458 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3459 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3460 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3463 \begin_layout Standard
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3475 \begin_inset space ~
3479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3481 reference "cap:Units"
3486 The default length is 30
3487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3493 \begin_layout Subsection
3497 \begin_layout Standard
3498 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3501 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3503 \begin_inset space ~
3508 dialog and toggle the
3511 \begin_inset space ~
3516 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3517 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3518 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3522 \begin_layout Standard
3523 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3524 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3527 \begin_layout Subsection
3532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3541 \begin_layout Standard
3544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3557 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3560 \begin_inset space ~
3569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3570 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3579 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3584 installed to use this feature.
3592 \begin_layout Section
3593 Paragraph Environments
3597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3598 Paragraph ! Environments
3604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3606 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3615 Paragraph environments|(
3623 \begin_layout Subsection
3627 \begin_layout Standard
3628 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3631 \begin_layout Standard
3650 \begin_inset Newline newline
3653 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3654 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3655 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3664 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3667 \begin_layout Standard
3668 A paragraph environment is simply a
3669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3676 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3677 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3678 scheme, labels, and so on.
3679 Additionally, you can
3680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3687 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3688 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3689 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3690 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3691 days of typewriters.
3692 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3694 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3698 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3699 \begin_inset Graphics
3700 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3706 at the left end of the toolbar.
3707 LyX will change the environment of the
3711 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3712 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3713 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3717 \begin_layout Standard
3726 create a new paragraph using the
3730 paragraph environment.
3732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3739 because if you are in one of these environments:
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Itemize
3766 \begin_layout Itemize
3772 \begin_layout Itemize
3778 \begin_layout Itemize
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3789 , rather than resetting it to
3794 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3795 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3796 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3797 \begin_inset space ~
3801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3803 reference "sec:Nesting"
3808 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3813 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3814 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3822 \begin_layout Subsection
3826 \begin_layout Standard
3827 The default paragraph environment is
3832 It creates a plain paragraph.
3833 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3834 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3835 this manual) are in the
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 You can nest a paragraph using the
3847 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3855 \begin_layout Subsection
3860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3869 \begin_layout Standard
3870 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3879 for thanks or contact information.
3880 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3881 page along with today's date.
3882 For other types of documents, the title
3883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3890 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3894 \begin_layout Standard
3895 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3909 Here's how you use them:
3912 \begin_layout Itemize
3913 Put the title of your document in the
3920 \begin_layout Itemize
3921 Put the author name in the
3928 \begin_layout Itemize
3929 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3930 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3936 Note that using this environment is optional.
3937 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3938 If you don't want any date, add the line
3939 \begin_inset Newline newline
3949 \begin_inset Newline newline
3952 to the preamble of your document (menu
3954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3961 You can use footnotes to insert
3962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3969 or contact informations.
3972 \begin_layout Subsection
3977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3993 \begin_layout Standard
3994 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3995 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4004 Section headings ! Numbered
4012 \begin_layout Standard
4013 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Enumerate
4041 \begin_layout Enumerate
4047 \begin_layout Enumerate
4053 \begin_layout Enumerate
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4060 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4061 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4062 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4067 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4068 You group the book into chapters.
4069 LyX does similar grouping:
4072 \begin_layout Itemize
4077 is divided in either
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Itemize
4134 \begin_layout Itemize
4146 \begin_layout Standard
4147 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4155 Not all document types use the
4159 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4164 is the top-level heading.
4172 \begin_layout Standard
4177 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4178 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4180 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4192 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4198 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Enumerate
4223 \begin_layout Enumerate
4229 \begin_layout Enumerate
4235 \begin_layout Enumerate
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4250 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4251 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4252 table of contents, see section
4253 \begin_inset space ~
4257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4266 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4267 Changing the Numbering
4268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4270 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4277 \begin_layout Standard
4278 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4279 in the Table of Contents.
4280 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4282 Certain classes start with
4296 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4306 This is something you can change.
4309 \begin_layout Standard
4312 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4332 \begin_inset space ~
4336 \begin_inset space ~
4341 you'll see two counters.
4346 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4348 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4353 Short Titles of Headings
4357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4358 Section headings ! Short titles
4367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4376 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4385 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4386 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4387 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4392 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4393 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4394 To specify a short title, use the menu
4396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4398 \begin_inset space ~
4404 This will insert a box labeled
4405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4420 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4421 This also works for captions inside floats.
4424 \begin_layout Standard
4425 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 The following information applies to all section headings:
4436 \begin_layout Itemize
4437 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4440 \begin_layout Itemize
4441 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4444 \begin_layout Itemize
4445 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4448 \begin_layout Itemize
4449 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4452 \begin_layout Subsection
4453 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4456 \begin_layout Standard
4457 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4471 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4472 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4473 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4474 the text they contain.
4475 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4483 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4496 when you start a new paragraph.
4497 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4501 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4502 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4503 to change back to the
4507 environment yourself.
4510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4539 \begin_layout Standard
4540 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4541 time for the differences.
4550 are identical except for one difference:
4554 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4563 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4566 \begin_layout Standard
4567 Here's an example of the
4580 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4582 See -- no indentation!
4586 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4587 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4588 the other paragraph.
4591 \begin_layout Standard
4592 Here's another example, this time in the
4599 \begin_layout Quotation
4605 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4606 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4607 the first line, then
4611 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4615 you were quoting other text.
4618 \begin_layout Quotation
4619 Here's a new paragraph.
4620 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4621 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4624 \begin_layout Standard
4625 As the examples show,
4629 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4630 They should put quotes in the
4635 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4639 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4642 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4679 \begin_layout Standard
4684 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4690 \begin_inset Newline newline
4693 Which I did not rehearse!
4697 It could be much worse.
4698 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4700 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4701 indented a bit more than the first.
4702 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4708 \begin_inset Newline newline
4711 And make things look fine
4712 \begin_inset Newline newline
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4727 does not indent both margins.
4728 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4729 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4740 \begin_layout Subsection
4745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4761 \begin_layout Standard
4762 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4772 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4781 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4782 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4783 some general features of all four of them.
4786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4791 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4793 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4802 reset the environment to
4806 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4807 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4808 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4813 to break paragraphs.
4816 \begin_layout Standard
4817 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4818 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4820 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4821 you read all of section
4822 \begin_inset space ~
4826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4828 reference "sec:Nesting"
4836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4861 \begin_layout Standard
4862 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4866 paragraph environment.
4867 It has the following properties:
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4871 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4875 \begin_layout Itemize
4876 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4879 \begin_layout Itemize
4880 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4884 \begin_layout Itemize
4885 The items can have any length.
4886 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4887 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4894 \begin_layout Itemize
4899 environment inside another
4903 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4907 \begin_layout Itemize
4908 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4911 \begin_layout Itemize
4912 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4915 \begin_layout Itemize
4917 \begin_inset space ~
4921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4923 reference "sec:Nesting"
4927 for a full explanation of nesting.
4931 \begin_layout Standard
4932 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4941 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4944 \begin_layout Standard
4945 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4946 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4947 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 The label for the first level
4955 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4959 \begin_layout Itemize
4960 The label for the second level is a dash.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4974 \begin_layout Itemize
4975 Back out to the third level.
4979 \begin_layout Itemize
4980 Back to the second level.
4984 \begin_layout Itemize
4985 Back to the outermost level.
4988 \begin_layout Standard
4989 These are the default labels for an
4994 You can customize these labels in the
4996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4999 dialog in the submenu
5009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5018 \begin_layout Standard
5019 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5020 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5022 \begin_inset space ~
5026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5028 reference "sec:Nesting"
5035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5053 name "sec:Enumerate"
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5065 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5066 It has these properties:
5069 \begin_layout Enumerate
5070 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5074 \begin_layout Enumerate
5075 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5079 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5083 \begin_layout Enumerate
5088 environment resets the counter to one.
5091 \begin_layout Enumerate
5104 \begin_layout Enumerate
5105 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5106 Items can have any length.
5109 \begin_layout Enumerate
5110 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5113 \begin_layout Enumerate
5114 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5117 \begin_layout Enumerate
5118 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5122 \begin_layout Standard
5131 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5132 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5139 \begin_layout Enumerate
5140 The first level of an
5144 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5148 \begin_layout Enumerate
5149 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5153 \begin_layout Enumerate
5154 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5158 \begin_layout Enumerate
5159 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5162 \begin_layout Enumerate
5163 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5168 \begin_layout Enumerate
5169 Back to the third level
5173 \begin_layout Enumerate
5174 Back to the second level.
5178 \begin_layout Enumerate
5179 Back to the outermost level.
5182 \begin_layout Standard
5183 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5188 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5193 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5197 \begin_layout Standard
5198 There is more to nesting
5202 environments than we've stated here.
5203 You should read section
5204 \begin_inset space ~
5208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5210 reference "sec:Nesting"
5214 to learn more about nesting.
5217 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5235 name "sec:Description-List"
5242 \begin_layout Standard
5243 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5247 list has no fixed label.
5248 Instead, LyX uses the first
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 of the first line as the label.
5260 \begin_layout Description
5261 Example: This is an example of the
5268 \begin_layout Standard
5269 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5273 \begin_layout Standard
5275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5282 it is meant that the first hit of the
5286 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5288 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5300 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5302 \begin_inset space ~
5308 \begin_inset space ~
5312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5314 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5318 for more info.) Here is an example:
5321 \begin_layout Description
5323 \begin_inset space ~
5326 Example: This one shows how to use a
5329 \begin_inset space ~
5341 \begin_layout Description
5342 Usage: You should use the
5346 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5347 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5349 It's not a good idea to use a
5353 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5354 You're better off using
5366 paragraphs into them.
5369 \begin_layout Description
5370 Nesting: You can nest
5374 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5378 \begin_layout Standard
5379 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5380 them from the first line.
5383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5408 \begin_layout Standard
5413 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5417 \begin_layout Standard
5426 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5427 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5433 \begin_inset space ~
5436 labels LyX uses the first
5437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5444 of each line as the item label.
5449 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5450 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5451 blank as described above.
5454 \begin_layout Labeling
5455 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5456 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5457 the body of the item text.
5458 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5459 label width plus a little extra space.
5463 \begin_layout Labeling
5464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5466 \begin_inset space ~
5469 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5471 If the label width is larger, the label
5472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5479 into the first line.
5480 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5481 margin of the rest of the item text.
5484 \begin_layout Labeling
5485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5487 \begin_inset space ~
5490 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5495 environment have the same left margin.
5496 \begin_inset Newline newline
5499 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5502 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5504 \begin_inset space ~
5513 \begin_inset space ~
5518 determines the default label width.
5519 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5528 multiple times instead.
5529 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5538 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5541 \begin_inset space ~
5546 every time you alter a label in a
5551 \begin_inset Newline newline
5554 The predefined default width is the length of
5555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5564 \begin_inset Newline newline
5568 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5576 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5577 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5585 \begin_layout Standard
5590 environment the same way like the
5594 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5600 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5604 \begin_layout Standard
5609 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5611 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5613 \begin_inset space ~
5617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5619 reference "sec:Nesting"
5623 to learn about nesting.
5626 \begin_layout Standard
5627 There is yet another feature of the
5631 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5633 You can use additional
5637 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5642 are documented in section
5643 \begin_inset space ~
5647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5649 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5654 Here are some examples:
5657 \begin_layout Labeling
5658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5659 Left The default for
5666 \begin_layout Labeling
5667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5668 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5675 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5678 \begin_layout Labeling
5679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5680 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5684 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5691 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5694 \begin_layout Subsection
5699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5716 \begin_inset space ~
5724 \begin_layout Standard
5725 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5733 \begin_inset space ~
5739 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5740 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5741 In contrast, you can use the
5748 \begin_inset space ~
5753 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5754 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5758 \begin_layout Standard
5759 Of course, you're not limited to using
5766 \begin_inset space ~
5775 \begin_inset space ~
5780 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5781 some European academic papers.
5784 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5788 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5795 \begin_layout Standard
5800 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5801 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5805 \begin_inset space ~
5810 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5811 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5812 Here's an example of each:
5815 \begin_layout Right Address
5817 \begin_inset Newline newline
5821 \begin_inset Newline newline
5825 \begin_inset Newline newline
5828 When is it? What is today?
5831 \begin_layout Standard
5835 \begin_inset space ~
5841 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5842 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5843 Here's an example of the
5850 \begin_layout Address
5852 \begin_inset Newline newline
5855 Where do I send this
5856 \begin_inset Newline newline
5859 Your post office and country
5862 \begin_layout Standard
5863 As you can see, both
5870 \begin_inset space ~
5875 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5880 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5886 This makes sense, since
5894 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5895 Thus, you have to use
5906 \begin_inset space ~
5909 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5911 \begin_inset space ~
5920 menu) to start a new line in an
5927 \begin_inset space ~
5935 \begin_layout Subsection
5939 \begin_layout Standard
5940 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5941 or list of references.
5942 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5945 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5961 \begin_layout Standard
5966 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5967 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5968 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5969 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5973 in anything else or vice versa.
5979 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5980 The book document classes ignores the
5984 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5988 in a letter document class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5996 environment does several things for you.
5997 First, it puts the centered label
5998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6006 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6008 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6009 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6010 the subsequent text.
6011 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6012 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6015 \begin_layout Standard
6016 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6020 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6021 The new paragraph will still be in the
6026 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6027 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6030 \begin_layout Standard
6031 \begin_inset Float figure
6036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6038 \begin_inset Graphics
6039 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6048 \begin_inset Caption
6050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6053 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6074 \begin_layout Standard
6075 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6079 environment, but since this document is in the
6080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6087 class, we can't do this.
6088 We inserted it therefore as figure
6089 \begin_inset space ~
6093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6095 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6100 If you've never heard of an
6101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6108 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6111 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6129 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6136 \begin_layout Standard
6141 environment is used to list references.
6142 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6143 only use it at the end of the document.
6148 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6152 When you first open a
6156 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6172 depending on the document class.
6173 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6174 Each paragraph of the
6178 environment is a bibliography entry.
6183 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6184 Each new paragraph is still in the
6191 \begin_layout Standard
6192 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6194 \begin_inset space ~
6198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6200 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6207 \begin_layout Subsection
6214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6215 Paragraph ! LyX code
6221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6235 environment is another LyX extension.
6236 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6241 key as a fixed whitespace;
6245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6257 \begin_inset space ~
6262 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6267 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6268 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6286 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6287 So, when you finish using the
6291 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6292 Also, you can nest the
6296 environment inside of others.
6299 \begin_layout Standard
6300 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6303 \begin_layout Itemize
6308 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6320 \begin_layout Itemize
6333 \begin_layout Itemize
6338 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6345 \begin_layout Itemize
6354 \begin_layout Itemize
6355 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6356 You must put at least one
6360 in any line you want blank.
6361 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6364 \begin_layout Itemize
6365 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6369 since that will insert
6374 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6382 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6385 \begin_layout Standard
6389 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6393 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6397 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6401 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6405 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6406 printf("Hello World!
6411 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6415 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6419 \begin_layout Standard
6420 This is just the standard
6421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6437 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6438 rc-files, and so on.
6439 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6440 as if you used a typewriter.
6444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6445 Paragraph environments|)
6453 \begin_layout Section
6454 Nesting Environments
6458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6459 Nesting ! Environments
6465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6474 \begin_layout Subsection
6478 \begin_layout Standard
6479 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6481 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6483 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6485 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6497 \begin_layout Enumerate
6501 \begin_layout Enumerate
6506 \begin_layout Enumerate
6510 \begin_layout Enumerate
6515 \begin_layout Enumerate
6519 \begin_layout Standard
6520 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6521 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6524 \begin_inset space ~
6528 \begin_inset space ~
6536 \begin_inset space ~
6540 \begin_inset space ~
6549 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6550 will tell you how far you are nested).
6551 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6552 \begin_inset Graphics
6553 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6558 \begin_inset Graphics
6559 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6563 or the convenient key bindings
6571 to change the nesting level.
6572 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6573 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6577 \begin_layout Standard
6578 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6579 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6580 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6581 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6585 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6586 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6588 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6591 \begin_layout Subsection
6592 What You Can and Can't Nest
6595 \begin_layout Standard
6596 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6597 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6600 \begin_layout Standard
6601 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6602 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6603 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6606 \begin_layout Itemize
6607 Completely unnestable
6610 \begin_layout Itemize
6611 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6612 other things inside of them.
6615 \begin_layout Itemize
6616 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6620 \begin_layout Standard
6621 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6622 environments have them:
6625 \begin_layout Description
6626 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6627 Can't nest into them.
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6637 \begin_layout Itemize
6643 \begin_layout Itemize
6649 \begin_layout Itemize
6655 \begin_layout Itemize
6662 \begin_layout Description
6664 \begin_inset space ~
6667 Nestable You can nest them.
6668 You can nest other things into them.
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6696 \begin_layout Itemize
6702 \begin_layout Itemize
6708 \begin_layout Itemize
6714 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Description
6722 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6723 You can't nest anything into them.
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6787 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6799 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Itemize
6809 \begin_inset space ~
6815 \begin_layout Itemize
6822 \begin_layout Standard
6823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6831 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6840 \begin_inset space ~
6844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6848 \begin_inset space ~
6851 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6852 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6853 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6861 \begin_layout Subsection
6862 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6867 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6875 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6882 \begin_layout Standard
6883 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6884 affected by nesting anyhow.
6888 \begin_layout Itemize
6892 \begin_layout Itemize
6896 \begin_layout Itemize
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6902 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6910 Figures and tables in
6914 are not affected by this.
6919 Have a look at section
6920 \begin_inset space ~
6924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6926 reference "sec:Floats"
6930 for more informations about
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6938 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6939 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6943 \begin_layout Standard
6944 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6952 of its own, it behaves just like a
6953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6960 paragraph environment.
6961 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6965 \begin_layout Standard
6966 Here's an example with a table:
6969 \begin_layout Enumerate
6974 \begin_layout Enumerate
6975 This is (a) and it's nested.
6979 \begin_layout Standard
6980 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6986 \begin_layout Standard
6988 \begin_inset Tabular
6989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7076 \begin_layout Standard
7077 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7084 \begin_layout Enumerate
7086 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7090 \begin_layout Enumerate
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7095 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7098 \begin_layout Enumerate
7103 \begin_layout Enumerate
7104 This is (a) and it's nested.
7108 \begin_layout Standard
7109 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7115 \begin_layout Standard
7117 \begin_inset Tabular
7118 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7120 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7205 \begin_layout Standard
7206 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7212 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7222 \begin_layout Enumerate
7226 \begin_layout Standard
7227 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7231 \begin_layout Standard
7232 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7234 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7237 \begin_layout Enumerate
7242 \begin_layout Enumerate
7243 This is (a) and it's nested.
7246 \begin_layout Standard
7247 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7253 \begin_layout Standard
7255 \begin_inset Tabular
7256 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7258 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7343 \begin_layout Standard
7344 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7350 \begin_layout Enumerate
7352 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7360 \begin_layout Enumerate
7364 \begin_layout Standard
7365 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7371 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7372 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7376 \begin_layout Subsection
7377 Usage and General Features
7378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7380 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7387 \begin_layout Standard
7388 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7397 is the innermost possible depth.
7398 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7401 \begin_layout Enumerate
7402 level #1 - outermost
7406 \begin_layout Enumerate
7411 \begin_layout Enumerate
7416 \begin_layout Enumerate
7421 \begin_layout Itemize
7426 \begin_layout Itemize
7435 \begin_layout Standard
7436 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7437 both of them in the example.
7438 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7448 For example, if we tried to nest another
7453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7463 \begin_layout Subsection
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 \begin_layout Standard
7478 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7479 We have several examples of nested environments.
7480 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7485 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7488 \begin_layout Labeling
7489 \labelwidthstring MMM
7490 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7499 \begin_layout Labeling
7500 \labelwidthstring MMM
7501 #2-a This is level #2.
7502 We created it by using
7514 \begin_layout Labeling
7515 \labelwidthstring MMM
7516 #3-a This is level #3.
7517 This time, we just hit
7526 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7539 \begin_layout Standard
7544 environment, nested inside of
7545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7553 So, it's at level #4.
7554 We did this by hitting
7562 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7567 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7583 \begin_layout Standard
7588 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7595 \begin_layout Labeling
7596 \labelwidthstring MMM
7597 #4-a This is level #4.
7602 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7607 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7611 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7616 keep nesting things inside of
7617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7628 \begin_layout Labeling
7629 \labelwidthstring MMM
7630 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7635 \begin_layout Labeling
7636 \labelwidthstring MMM
7637 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7638 and this is level #6.
7639 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7643 \begin_layout Labeling
7644 \labelwidthstring MMM
7645 #5-b Back to level #5.
7658 \begin_layout Labeling
7659 \labelwidthstring MMM
7668 , we're back at level #4.
7672 \begin_layout Labeling
7673 \labelwidthstring MMM
7674 #3-b Back to level #3.
7675 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7679 \begin_layout Labeling
7680 \labelwidthstring MMM
7681 #2-b Back to level #2.
7686 \begin_layout Labeling
7687 \labelwidthstring MMM
7688 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7689 After this sentence, we'll hit
7693 and change the paragraph environment back to
7700 \begin_layout Standard
7701 We could have also used the
7717 environment in place of the
7722 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7726 Example 2: Inheritance
7729 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7730 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7733 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7743 , after which, we'll change to the
7751 \begin_layout Enumerate
7756 environment, at level #2.
7759 \begin_layout Enumerate
7760 Notice how the nested
7764 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7768 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7772 \begin_layout Standard
7773 We ended this example by hitting
7778 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7782 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7790 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7803 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7811 \begin_layout Enumerate
7812 This is level #1, in an
7816 paragraph environment.
7817 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7821 \begin_layout Enumerate
7832 Now, what happens if we nest an
7836 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7837 label be? An asterisk?
7841 \begin_layout Itemize
7851 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7852 So, its label is a bullet.
7853 (We got here by using
7861 , then changing the environment to
7869 \begin_layout Itemize
7870 Here's level #4, produced using
7879 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7884 \begin_layout Enumerate
7885 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7887 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7892 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7896 , because we are in the
7920 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7926 type of numbering does LyX use?
7929 \begin_layout Enumerate
7930 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7934 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7937 \begin_layout Enumerate
7942 to decrease the depth after the next
7950 \begin_layout Enumerate
7952 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7958 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7959 numeral as the label.Why?
7962 \begin_layout Enumerate
7963 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7972 Notice, however, that LyX
7976 reset the counter for the label.
7980 \begin_layout Enumerate
7989 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7990 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7991 into the twofold-nested
7999 \begin_layout Enumerate
8000 The same thing happens if we do another
8008 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8011 \begin_layout Standard
8012 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8017 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8031 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8037 The same rule applies for the
8041 environment, as well.
8044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8045 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8048 \begin_layout Enumerate
8049 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8050 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8051 same detail with how we did it.
8060 \begin_layout Standard
8063 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8065 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8066 example in parentheses someplace.
8067 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8068 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8069 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8073 \begin_layout Enumerate
8078 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8083 Now we'll add verse.
8084 \begin_inset Newline newline
8087 It will get much worse.
8088 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8099 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8100 \begin_inset Newline newline
8103 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8104 \begin_inset Newline newline
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8124 \begin_layout Standard
8126 \begin_inset Tabular
8127 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8218 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8222 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8228 \begin_layout Enumerate
8233 : level #1) This is another item.
8234 Note that selecting a
8238 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8239 3 times to put the table inside the
8247 \begin_layout Quotation
8248 We're now ending the
8252 list and changing to
8257 We're still at level #1.
8258 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8259 The next set of paragraphs is a
8260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8274 \begin_inset space ~
8279 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8283 for the letter body.
8288 to preserve the depth.
8289 Remember that you need to use
8293 to create multiple lines inside the
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8310 \begin_layout Right Address
8312 \begin_inset Newline newline
8315 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8316 \begin_inset Newline newline
8322 \begin_layout Address
8324 \begin_inset space ~
8330 \begin_layout Quotation
8331 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8332 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8335 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8336 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8337 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8338 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8339 as soon as possible.
8340 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8343 \begin_layout Quotation
8344 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8345 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8346 with your order, along with payment.
8349 \begin_layout Quotation
8350 We thank you again for your patience.
8353 \begin_layout Address
8355 \begin_inset Newline newline
8362 \begin_layout Quotation
8363 That ends that example!
8366 \begin_layout Standard
8367 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8368 just a few keystrokes.
8369 We could have easily nested an
8390 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8393 \begin_layout Section
8394 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8409 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8410 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8411 be broken at the end of a line.
8412 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8416 \begin_layout Subsection
8418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8420 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8438 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8440 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8444 Further documentation is given in section
8445 \begin_inset Newline newline
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8459 \begin_layout Standard
8460 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8475 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8484 A protected space is set with
8486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8491 \begin_inset space ~
8505 \begin_layout Subsection
8507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8509 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8518 Spacing ! Horizontal
8526 \begin_layout Standard
8527 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8530 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8534 The length units are listed in Appendix
8535 \begin_inset space ~
8539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8541 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8548 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8552 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8569 \begin_layout Standard
8571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8575 \begin_inset space \space{}
8578 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8579 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8580 \begin_inset space ~
8584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8586 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8591 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8592 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8603 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8620 \begin_layout Standard
8622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8629 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8638 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8639 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8640 inside abbreviations:
8645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8649 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8654 \begin_inset space \space{}
8660 \begin_layout Standard
8661 or between values and units.
8662 Compare for example this:
8663 \begin_inset Newline newline
8667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8671 \begin_inset Newline newline
8677 \begin_layout Standard
8678 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8681 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8683 \begin_inset space ~
8695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8699 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8706 \begin_layout Standard
8707 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space ~
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8731 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8734 \begin_layout Description
8736 \begin_inset space ~
8740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8744 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8748 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8752 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8759 em) space between the arrows.
8762 \begin_layout Description
8764 \begin_inset space ~
8768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8772 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8776 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8784 \begin_inset space ~
8788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8791 em) space between the arrows.
8794 \begin_layout Description
8796 \begin_inset space ~
8800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8804 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8808 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8812 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8816 \begin_inset space ~
8820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8823 em) space between the arrows.
8826 \begin_layout Description
8828 \begin_inset space ~
8832 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8836 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8841 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8848 cm space between the arrows.
8851 \begin_layout Standard
8853 \begin_inset space ~
8857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8859 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8863 lists the different space sizes.
8866 \begin_layout Standard
8867 \begin_inset Float table
8872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8874 \begin_inset Caption
8876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8879 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8883 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8893 \begin_inset Tabular
8894 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8897 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9132 \begin_layout Standard
9133 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9134 in a uniform fashion.
9135 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9136 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9137 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9138 equally between themselves.
9142 \begin_layout Standard
9143 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9148 This is on the left side
9149 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9152 This is on the right
9158 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9175 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9179 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 That was an example in the
9192 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9196 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9200 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9203 is one in a standard paragraph.
9204 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9208 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9212 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9215 \begin_inset space ~
9220 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9273 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9277 \begin_inset space ~
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9285 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9289 \begin_inset space ~
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9304 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9308 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9309 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9310 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9314 option in the space dialog.
9322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9336 \begin_layout Standard
9337 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9339 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9342 \begin_layout Standard
9343 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9346 What is correct English?:
9347 \begin_inset Newline newline
9351 \begin_inset Newline newline
9355 \begin_inset space ~
9358 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9359 \begin_inset Newline newline
9366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9377 \begin_inset Newline newline
9384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9395 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9401 \begin_layout Standard
9402 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9407 \begin_inset space ~
9411 \begin_inset space ~
9415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9419 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9437 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9441 for more information about TeX-Code.
9447 In our case write the command
9454 (note the space after
9455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9462 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9463 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9464 That is why it is named
9465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9477 There exists also the commands
9489 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9490 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9491 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9493 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9505 \begin_layout Subsection
9507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9509 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9526 \begin_layout Standard
9527 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9530 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9532 \begin_inset space ~
9538 There you find the following sizes:
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9554 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9559 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9574 for the paragraph separation.
9575 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9601 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9602 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9604 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9605 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9614 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9623 s are described in section
9624 \begin_inset space ~
9628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9630 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9639 If there are several
9643 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9644 You can therefore use
9648 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9651 \begin_layout Standard
9656 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9657 \begin_inset space ~
9661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9663 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9670 \begin_layout Standard
9671 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9681 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9682 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9694 \begin_layout Subsection
9698 \begin_layout Standard
9699 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9701 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9705 There are four possibilities:
9708 \begin_layout Itemize
9714 \begin_layout Itemize
9720 \begin_layout Itemize
9726 \begin_layout Itemize
9732 \begin_layout Standard
9733 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9734 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9735 the left and right margins.
9736 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9739 \begin_layout Standard
9741 This paragraph is right aligned,
9744 \begin_layout Standard
9746 this one is centered,
9749 \begin_layout Standard
9751 this one is left aligned.
9754 \begin_layout Subsection
9759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9760 Page breaks ! Forced
9766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9768 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9775 \begin_layout Standard
9776 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9777 can force a page break where you want one.
9778 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9779 Only if you use many
9783 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9788 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9792 have to change the page breaking.
9795 \begin_layout Standard
9796 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9798 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9801 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9803 \begin_inset space ~
9809 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9812 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9814 \begin_inset space ~
9819 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9821 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9822 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9825 \begin_layout Standard
9826 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9827 at the top of a page.
9828 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9829 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9830 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9831 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9835 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9846 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9850 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9867 \begin_layout Standard
9868 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9869 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9870 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9871 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9872 if necessary by adding pages.
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9876 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9879 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9881 \begin_inset space ~
9887 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9890 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9892 \begin_inset space ~
9896 \begin_inset space ~
9901 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9902 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9905 \begin_layout Subsection
9910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9919 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
9926 \begin_layout Standard
9927 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
9929 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9932 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9934 \begin_inset space ~
9938 \begin_inset space ~
9948 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9951 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9953 \begin_inset space ~
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9962 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9964 This is necessary to avoid
9965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9972 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
9975 \begin_layout Standard
9976 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
9977 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
9978 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9979 set a line break, e.g.
9980 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9981 \begin_inset space ~
9985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9987 reference "sec:Quote"
9992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9994 reference "sec:Verse"
9999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10001 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10008 \begin_layout Subsection
10010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10012 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10029 \begin_layout Standard
10034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10035 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10037 \begin_inset space ~
10042 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10048 \begin_layout Section
10049 Characters and Symbols
10052 \begin_layout Standard
10053 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10054 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10059 \begin_inset space ~
10062 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10070 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10074 for informations how this is done.
10077 \begin_layout Standard
10078 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10083 dialog via the menu
10085 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10086 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10101 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10102 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10103 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10111 \begin_layout Section
10112 Fonts and Text Styles
10113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10115 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10122 \begin_layout Subsection
10127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10136 \begin_layout Standard
10137 There are two types of fonts:
10140 \begin_layout Description
10142 \begin_inset space ~
10149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10155 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10156 characters) in the font.
10157 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10158 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10159 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10160 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10161 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10162 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10163 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10164 provide a good image.
10165 \begin_inset Newline newline
10168 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10169 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10170 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10171 sizes than at small ones.
10172 \begin_inset Newline newline
10186 \begin_inset space ~
10194 \begin_layout Description
10196 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10209 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10210 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10211 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10212 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10213 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10214 picture manipulation program.
10215 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10216 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10217 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10218 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10219 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10221 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10222 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10223 \begin_inset Newline newline
10226 Bitmap fonts are named
10229 \begin_inset space ~
10234 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10237 \begin_layout Standard
10238 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10239 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10240 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10241 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10245 \begin_layout Standard
10246 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10247 its document properties.
10250 \begin_layout Standard
10251 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10252 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10253 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10254 font to emphasize text, you use an
10255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10263 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10264 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10268 \begin_layout Subsection
10269 Document Font and Font size
10270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10272 name "sub:Document-Font"
10280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10300 You can set the document fonts in the
10302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10310 Document ! Settings
10316 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10317 font shapes roman (serif),
10320 \begin_inset space ~
10332 \begin_layout Standard
10333 The possible options for the font include
10337 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10342 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10364 European Computer Modern
10367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10377 \begin_layout Standard
10386 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10387 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10395 \begin_inset space ~
10400 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10406 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10407 There are three ways to use one:
10410 \begin_layout Itemize
10411 One way is to use the
10421 Virtual means that it
10422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10433 -glyphs from other fonts.
10434 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 Loading the LaTeX-package
10464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10465 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10470 with the document preamble line
10473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10478 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10482 will fix the guillemet problem.
10487 and that accented characters are not
10491 glyph, they are build of
10495 characters, the accent and the letter.
10496 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10500 fonts for words with accented characters.
10501 If you search for example for the French word
10502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10518 and not for the glyph
10519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10523 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10533 \begin_layout Itemize
10534 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10547 , consists of these three main font types
10550 \begin_inset space ~
10579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10583 \begin_inset space ~
10590 as typewriter font.
10591 \begin_inset Newline newline
10594 The differences between roman,
10597 \begin_inset space ~
10606 fonts are explained in section
10607 \begin_inset space ~
10611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10613 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10618 \begin_inset Newline newline
10625 was originally designed for newspapers.
10626 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10627 into the small newspaper columns.
10632 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10635 \begin_layout Itemize
10636 The best solution is to use the
10645 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10650 In most cases they look the same as
10658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10659 One difference is improved kerning for the
10672 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10684 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10687 For the font size there are four possible values:
10704 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10707 \begin_layout Standard
10708 The font sizes are the
10713 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10714 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10715 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10718 \begin_inset space ~
10724 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10725 \begin_inset space ~
10729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10731 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10743 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10751 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10755 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10756 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10757 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10759 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10762 dialog, see section
10763 \begin_inset space ~
10767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10769 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10781 \begin_layout Subsection
10782 Using Different Character Styles
10786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10805 \begin_layout Standard
10806 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10807 certain paragraph environments.
10808 LyX supports two character styles,
10817 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10826 style, do one of the following:
10829 \begin_layout Itemize
10830 click on the toolbar button
10831 \begin_inset Graphics
10832 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10839 \begin_layout Itemize
10840 use the key binding
10843 \begin_inset space ~
10849 \begin_layout Standard
10850 These commands are all toggles.
10855 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10858 \begin_layout Standard
10859 One typically uses the
10863 style for proper names.
10865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10872 is the original author of LyX.
10873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10879 \begin_layout Standard
10880 A more widely used character style is the
10885 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10892 \begin_layout Itemize
10893 clicking on the toolbar button
10894 \begin_inset Graphics
10895 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10902 \begin_layout Itemize
10903 using the keybindings
10906 \begin_inset space ~
10912 \begin_layout Standard
10917 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10918 es use a different font.
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 We've been using the
10926 style all over the place in this document.
10927 Here's one more example:
10930 \begin_layout Quotation
10933 Don't overuse character styles!
10936 \begin_layout Standard
10937 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10938 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10939 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10940 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10944 \begin_layout Standard
10945 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10948 \begin_inset space ~
10955 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10957 \begin_inset space ~
10965 \begin_layout Subsection
10966 Fine-Tuning with the
10971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10973 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10990 \begin_layout Standard
10991 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10992 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10993 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10994 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10995 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10996 from ordinary dialog.
10999 \begin_layout Standard
11000 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11001 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11002 \begin_inset Newline newline
11005 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11006 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
11009 \begin_layout Standard
11010 To use custom character styles, open the
11012 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11014 \begin_inset space ~
11020 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11021 font property which you can choose.
11022 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11025 \begin_inset space ~
11030 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11035 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11036 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11037 environments in a snap.
11040 \begin_layout Standard
11041 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11044 \begin_inset space ~
11056 \begin_layout Labeling
11057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11071 The possible options are:
11075 \begin_layout Labeling
11076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11081 This is the Roman font family.
11082 Normally a serif font.
11083 It's also the default family.
11088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11100 \begin_inset space ~
11109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11117 \begin_inset Note Note
11120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11121 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11122 It is explained in section
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11129 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11141 \begin_layout Labeling
11142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11146 \begin_inset space ~
11153 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11172 \begin_inset space ~
11181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11199 This is the Typewriter font family.
11206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11218 \begin_inset space ~
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11240 \begin_layout Labeling
11241 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11246 This corresponds to the print weight.
11251 \begin_layout Labeling
11252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11257 This is the Medium font series.
11258 It's also the default series.
11261 \begin_layout Labeling
11262 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11269 This is the Bold font series.
11276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11288 \begin_inset space ~
11297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11308 \begin_layout Labeling
11309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11314 As the name implies.
11319 \begin_layout Labeling
11320 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11325 This is the Upright font shape.
11326 It's also the default shape.
11329 \begin_layout Labeling
11330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11344 s the Italic font shape
11350 \begin_layout Labeling
11351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11358 This is the Slanted font shape
11360 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11363 \begin_layout Labeling
11364 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11368 \begin_inset space ~
11375 This is the Small caps font shape
11382 \begin_layout Labeling
11383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11388 Alters the size of the font.
11389 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11390 nal to the document font size.
11391 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11392 what you want to do.
11397 \begin_layout Labeling
11398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11432 \begin_inset space ~
11441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11464 \begin_inset space ~
11473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11483 \begin_layout Labeling
11484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11518 \begin_inset space ~
11527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11537 \begin_layout Labeling
11538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11572 \begin_inset space ~
11581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11604 \begin_inset space ~
11613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11623 \begin_layout Labeling
11624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11658 \begin_inset space ~
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11690 \begin_inset space ~
11699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11709 \begin_layout Labeling
11710 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11724 It's also the default size.
11729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11741 \begin_inset space ~
11750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11773 \begin_inset space ~
11782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11792 \begin_layout Labeling
11793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11827 \begin_inset space ~
11836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11859 \begin_inset space ~
11868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11878 \begin_layout Labeling
11879 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11913 \begin_inset space ~
11922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11945 \begin_inset space ~
11954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11964 \begin_layout Labeling
11965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11999 \begin_inset space ~
12008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12018 \begin_layout Labeling
12019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12053 \begin_inset space ~
12062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12085 \begin_inset space ~
12094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12104 \begin_layout Labeling
12105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12139 \begin_inset space ~
12148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12171 \begin_inset space ~
12180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12196 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12197 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12198 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12199 - use that instead.
12200 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12203 \begin_layout Labeling
12204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12209 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12214 \begin_layout Labeling
12215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12222 This is text with emphasize on
12225 This might seem like the same as
12229 , but it is actually a bit different.
12235 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12237 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12240 \begin_layout Labeling
12241 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12248 This is text with Underbar on.
12255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12267 \begin_inset space ~
12276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12286 \begin_inset Newline newline
12291 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12292 when you couldn't change fonts.
12293 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12294 It's only included in LyX because some people
12298 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12301 \begin_layout Labeling
12302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12309 This is text with Noun on.
12316 , this is a logical attribute.
12317 Normally it's equivalent to
12320 \begin_inset space ~
12329 \begin_layout Labeling
12330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12335 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12336 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12340 \begin_inset space ~
12345 , which is the default
12346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12353 and means normally black, you can choose between
12389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12398 \begin_layout Labeling
12399 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12404 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12405 the language of the document.
12406 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12410 \begin_layout Standard
12411 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12412 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12414 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12416 \begin_inset space ~
12421 dialog, the settings are saved.
12422 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12423 \begin_inset Graphics
12424 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12429 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12430 when the dialog isn't visible.
12434 \begin_layout Standard
12435 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12438 \begin_inset space ~
12444 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12445 (suppose you just set the shape to
12446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12464 \begin_inset space ~
12476 \begin_layout Standard
12477 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12485 \begin_inset space ~
12497 \begin_layout Itemize
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12510 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12528 \begin_inset Newline newline
12535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12560 \begin_inset Note Note
12563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12564 For more on phantoms see section
12565 \begin_inset space ~
12569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12571 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12581 \begin_inset Newline newline
12587 \begin_layout Itemize
12592 fonts use characters with serifs.
12593 These are the small
12594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12601 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12602 The following example will show the difference:
12603 \begin_inset Newline newline
12607 \begin_inset Newline newline
12612 text without serifs
12615 \begin_inset Newline newline
12618 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12619 They are therefore used as default font (named
12626 \begin_layout Itemize
12632 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12633 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12636 \begin_layout Standard
12637 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12638 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12641 \begin_layout Section
12642 Printing and Previewing
12645 \begin_layout Subsection
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12651 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12652 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12653 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12654 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12657 \begin_inset space ~
12665 \begin_layout Standard
12666 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12667 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12668 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12669 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12670 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12671 This happens in two stages:
12674 \begin_layout Enumerate
12675 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12676 generating a file with the extension,
12677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 \begin_layout Enumerate
12692 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12696 file to produce printable output.
12700 \begin_layout Subsection
12701 Output file formats
12705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12714 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12727 File formats ! ASCII
12735 \begin_layout Standard
12736 This file type has the extension
12737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12749 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12753 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12760 \begin_layout Standard
12761 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12763 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12764 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 File formats ! LaTeX
12784 \begin_layout Standard
12785 This file type has the extension
12786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12797 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12799 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12800 it manually with console commands.
12801 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12802 you view or export your document.
12805 \begin_layout Standard
12806 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12808 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12809 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 This file type has the extension
12842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12862 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12863 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12864 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12866 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12870 \begin_layout Standard
12871 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12879 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12880 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12885 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12886 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12887 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12888 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12891 \begin_layout Standard
12892 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12894 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12895 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12907 File formats ! PostScript
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 This file type has the extension
12917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 PostScript was developed by the company
12933 as printer language.
12934 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12936 PostScript can be seen as
12937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 programming language
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12944 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12949 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12969 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12972 \begin_layout Standard
12973 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12977 Encapsulated PostScript
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12981 (EPS, file extension
12982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12994 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12995 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12996 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12997 whenever you view or export your document.
12998 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12999 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13000 EPS to avoid this problem.
13003 \begin_layout Standard
13004 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13006 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13007 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13013 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13037 \begin_layout Standard
13038 This file type has the extension
13039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13055 Portable Document Format
13056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 (PDF) is developed by
13063 as derivative from PostScript.
13064 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13073 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13074 looks exactly the same.
13077 \begin_layout Standard
13078 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13082 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13086 (JPG, file extension
13087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13114 Portable Network Graphics
13115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13118 (PNG, file extension
13119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13131 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13132 in the background to one of these formats.
13133 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13134 will slow down your workflow.
13135 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13139 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13141 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13144 in three different ways:
13147 \begin_layout Description
13148 PDF This uses the program
13152 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13153 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13157 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13158 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13161 \begin_layout Description
13163 \begin_inset space ~
13166 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13170 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13174 \begin_layout Description
13176 \begin_inset space ~
13179 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13183 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13186 \begin_layout Standard
13187 We recommend to use
13190 \begin_inset space ~
13199 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13205 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13208 \begin_layout Subsection
13213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13222 \begin_layout Standard
13223 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13224 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13228 and choose a file type.
13229 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13232 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13235 you can use the toolbar button
13236 \begin_inset Graphics
13237 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13247 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13249 \begin_inset space ~
13255 \begin_inset Graphics
13256 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13262 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13266 \begin_inset Graphics
13267 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13278 \begin_layout Standard
13279 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13280 viewer window using the menu
13282 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13291 To have a real output, export your document.
13294 \begin_layout Subsection
13295 Printing the File from within LyX
13296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13298 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13305 \begin_layout Standard
13306 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13307 it directly from within LyX.
13308 To print a file, select the menu
13310 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13313 or click on the toolbar button
13314 \begin_inset Graphics
13315 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13320 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13321 This file is then processed by the program
13325 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13330 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13333 \begin_layout Standard
13334 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13335 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13336 printing one set to print on the other side.
13337 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13338 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13339 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13342 \begin_layout Standard
13343 You can set the parameters in the
13346 \begin_inset space ~
13354 \begin_layout Labeling
13355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13360 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13365 Note that this printer name is for the program
13374 has to be configured for this printer name.
13375 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13376 \begin_inset space ~
13380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13382 reference "sub:Printer"
13391 The printer should understand PostScript.
13394 \begin_layout Labeling
13395 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13400 The name of a file to print to.
13401 The output will be a PostScript file.
13402 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13406 \begin_layout Section
13407 A few Words about Typography
13411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13420 \begin_layout Subsection
13425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13454 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13469 \begin_layout Enumerate
13471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_layout Enumerate
13495 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13499 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13530 \begin_layout Enumerate
13532 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13536 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13580 \begin_layout Enumerate
13582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13586 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13609 You generate them by inserting the
13610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13621 character multiple times in a row.
13622 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13623 final output, but not in LyX.
13626 \begin_layout Standard
13627 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13628 math mode and has a length of its own.
13629 Here are some examples of the
13630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13644 \begin_layout Enumerate
13645 line- and page-breaks
13646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13656 \begin_layout Enumerate
13658 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13668 \begin_layout Enumerate
13669 Oh --- there's a dash.
13670 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13680 \begin_layout Enumerate
13681 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13695 \begin_layout Subsection
13700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13709 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13716 \begin_layout Standard
13717 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13718 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13727 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13732 following the rules of the document language
13736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13737 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13745 \begin_inset space ~
13749 \begin_inset space ~
13756 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13768 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13773 and with unusual constructs, like
13774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13782 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13783 This is done with the menu
13785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13786 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13788 \begin_inset space ~
13794 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13795 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13798 \begin_layout Standard
13799 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13800 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13801 a hyphen and a space in the form
13802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13810 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13818 as hyphenation possibility.
13819 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13820 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13821 of the LaTeX-box-command
13827 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13828 As LyX doesn't support
13834 , we have to use TeX Code.
13835 The result looks in LyX like:
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 \begin_inset Graphics
13840 filename clipart/mbox.png
13847 \begin_layout Standard
13848 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13849 \begin_inset space ~
13853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13855 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13862 \begin_layout Subsection
13867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13876 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13877 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13880 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13888 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13889 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13890 LaTeX then adds the
13891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13894 appropriate amount of space
13895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13899 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13901 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13919 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13920 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13923 \begin_layout Standard
13924 Here are some examples of
13928 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13931 \begin_layout Itemize
13936 \begin_layout Itemize
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13942 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13945 \begin_layout Itemize
13948 this is too much space!
13951 \begin_layout Itemize
13956 \begin_layout Standard
13957 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13960 \begin_layout Standard
13961 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13964 \begin_layout Enumerate
13968 \begin_inset space ~
13973 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13974 \begin_inset space ~
13978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13980 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13989 Spaces ! inter-word
13997 \begin_layout Enumerate
14001 \begin_inset space ~
14006 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14007 \begin_inset space ~
14011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14013 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14030 \begin_layout Enumerate
14034 \begin_inset space ~
14038 \begin_inset space ~
14042 \begin_inset space ~
14049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14051 \begin_inset space ~
14056 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14057 This function is also bound to
14064 \begin_layout Standard
14065 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14068 \begin_layout Itemize
14070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14074 \begin_inset space \space{}
14077 this is too much space!
14080 \begin_layout Itemize
14081 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14085 \begin_layout Standard
14086 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14087 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14088 LaTeX will care about this.
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14096 \begin_inset space ~
14101 feature described in section
14112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14118 Typography ! Quotes
14127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14165 \begin_layout Standard
14166 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14167 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14168 and use a closing quote at the end.
14170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14178 The keyboard character,
14182 , generates this automatically.
14185 \begin_layout Standard
14186 You can change the behavior of the
14190 key using the submenu
14196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14204 Document ! Settings
14212 \begin_layout Standard
14213 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14218 There are six choices:
14221 \begin_layout Labeling
14222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14234 Use quotes like this
14235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14243 \begin_inset Quotes els
14247 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14253 \begin_layout Labeling
14254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14257 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14261 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14267 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14271 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14275 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14281 \begin_layout Labeling
14282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14285 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14289 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14295 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14299 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14303 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14307 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14313 \begin_layout Labeling
14314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14317 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14321 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14327 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14331 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14335 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14339 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14345 \begin_layout Labeling
14346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14349 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14353 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14359 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14363 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14367 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14371 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14377 \begin_layout Labeling
14378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14381 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14385 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14391 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14395 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14399 \begin_inset Quotes als
14403 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14409 \begin_layout Standard
14410 These settings affects what character the
14417 \begin_layout Subsection
14422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14423 Typography ! Ligatures
14432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14463 name "sub:Ligatures"
14470 \begin_layout Standard
14471 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14472 print them as single characters.
14473 These groups are known as
14478 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14480 Here are the standard ligatures:
14483 \begin_layout Itemize
14487 \begin_layout Itemize
14491 \begin_layout Itemize
14495 \begin_layout Itemize
14499 \begin_layout Itemize
14503 \begin_layout Standard
14504 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14507 \begin_layout Standard
14508 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14509 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14517 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14533 To break a ligature, use
14535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14536 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14538 \begin_inset space ~
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14573 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14581 \begin_layout Subsection
14586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14595 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14602 \begin_layout Standard
14603 You have surely noticed, that the word
14604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14611 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14612 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14613 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14633 \begin_inset Note Note
14636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14637 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14645 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14646 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14651 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14655 \begin_layout Description
14656 LyX The name of the game, write
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14678 \begin_layout Description
14679 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14701 \begin_layout Description
14702 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14724 \begin_layout Description
14725 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14747 \begin_layout Standard
14748 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14753 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14761 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14762 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14763 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14766 : The actual version is
14767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14774 , the previous one was
14775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14785 \begin_layout Standard
14786 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14787 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14789 This will look in LyX like:
14790 \begin_inset Graphics
14791 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14796 \begin_inset Newline newline
14799 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14800 \begin_inset space ~
14804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14806 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14813 \begin_layout Subsection
14818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14827 \begin_layout Standard
14828 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14829 space between two words.
14830 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14840 for units use the menu
14842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14843 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14845 \begin_inset space ~
14857 \begin_layout Standard
14858 Here's an example to show the differences:
14861 \begin_layout Standard
14862 \begin_inset Tabular
14863 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14865 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14866 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14873 \begin_inset space ~
14877 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14889 space between number and unit
14896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14901 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14905 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14917 half space between number and unit
14930 \begin_layout Subsection
14935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14936 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14954 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14955 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14956 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14957 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14958 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14959 These bits of text became known as
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14971 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14972 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14973 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14974 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14975 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14976 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14977 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14981 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14982 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14983 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14984 \begin_inset space ~
14988 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14990 key "latexcompanion"
14995 \begin_inset space ~
14999 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15005 ] may have more information.
15006 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15009 \begin_layout Chapter
15010 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15013 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15020 \begin_layout Standard
15021 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15026 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15029 \begin_layout Section
15034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15054 \begin_layout Description
15056 \begin_inset space ~
15059 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15060 \begin_inset Newline newline
15064 \begin_inset Note Note
15067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15068 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15076 \begin_layout Description
15077 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15078 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15080 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15081 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15082 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15085 \begin_inset Newline newline
15089 \begin_inset Note Comment
15092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15093 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15101 \begin_layout Description
15103 \begin_inset space ~
15106 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15107 \begin_inset Newline newline
15111 \begin_inset Newline newline
15115 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15124 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15125 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15126 How this can be done is explained in the
15135 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15141 \begin_inset Newline newline
15145 \begin_inset Newline newline
15148 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15149 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15152 \begin_layout Standard
15153 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15154 \begin_inset Graphics
15155 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15157 scaleBeforeRotation
15163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15167 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15170 \begin_layout Section
15175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15184 name "sec:Footnotes"
15191 \begin_layout Standard
15192 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15198 or the toolbar button
15199 \begin_inset Graphics
15200 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15213 \begin_inset Graphics
15214 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15223 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15252 label, the box will
15256 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15257 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15270 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15287 Here's an example footnote:
15295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15296 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15304 \begin_layout Standard
15305 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15306 position where the footnote box is placed.
15307 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15308 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15309 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15310 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15311 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15316 ey are described in the
15323 \begin_layout Section
15328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15337 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15345 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15346 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15350 \begin_inset space ~
15355 or the toolbar button
15356 \begin_inset Graphics
15357 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15384 appearing within your text.
15385 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15394 \begin_layout Standard
15395 At the side is an example marginal note.
15399 \begin_inset Marginal
15402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 This is a marginal note.
15411 \begin_layout Standard
15412 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15413 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15414 pages, right on odd pages.
15417 \begin_layout Section
15418 Graphics and Images
15422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15441 name "sec:Graphics"
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15449 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15450 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15451 \begin_inset Graphics
15452 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15462 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15465 \begin_layout Standard
15466 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15471 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15472 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15474 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15475 \begin_inset space ~
15479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15481 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15493 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15494 of the image in the output.
15495 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15499 \begin_inset space ~
15503 \begin_inset space ~
15512 \begin_inset space ~
15516 \begin_inset space ~
15520 \begin_inset space ~
15525 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15526 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15534 \begin_layout Standard
15537 LaTeX and LyX options
15539 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15540 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15544 \begin_inset space ~
15549 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15550 with the image size is printed.
15554 \begin_inset space ~
15558 \begin_inset space ~
15562 \begin_inset space ~
15567 is explained in the
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15579 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15580 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15582 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15586 \begin_layout Standard
15588 \begin_inset Graphics
15589 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15591 rotateOrigin center
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15599 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15600 the image into a float, see section
15601 \begin_inset space ~
15605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15607 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15614 \begin_layout Subsection
15619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15628 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15635 \begin_layout Standard
15636 You can insert images in any known file format.
15637 But as we explained in section
15638 \begin_inset space ~
15642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15644 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15648 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15649 LyX uses therefore the program
15653 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15654 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15655 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15656 \begin_inset space ~
15660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15662 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15670 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15673 \begin_layout Description
15675 \begin_inset space ~
15678 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15679 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15680 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15684 Graphics Interchange Format
15685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15688 (GIF, file extension
15689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15736 Portable Network Graphics
15737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 (PNG, file extension
15741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15788 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15792 (JPG, file extension
15793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15851 \begin_layout Description
15853 \begin_inset space ~
15856 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15858 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15859 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15860 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15861 \begin_inset Newline newline
15864 Scalable image formats can be
15865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15868 Scalable Vector Graphics
15869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15872 (SVG, file extension
15873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15920 Encapsulated PostScript
15921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15924 (EPS, file extension
15925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15972 Portable Document Format
15973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15976 (PDF, file extension
15977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15999 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16000 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16001 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16016 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16020 \begin_layout Subsection
16021 Grouping of Image Settings
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 Images ! Settings grouping
16034 \begin_layout Standard
16035 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16037 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16038 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16040 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16041 need to manually change each of them.
16045 \begin_layout Standard
16046 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16049 \begin_inset space ~
16053 \begin_inset space ~
16058 field in the Graphics dialog.
16059 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16060 by checking the name of the desired group.
16063 \begin_layout Section
16068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16084 \begin_layout Standard
16085 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16086 \begin_inset Graphics
16087 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16098 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16099 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16100 from the rest of the table.
16101 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16102 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16104 Here's an example table:
16107 \begin_layout Standard
16109 \begin_inset Tabular
16110 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16112 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16113 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16115 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16315 \begin_layout Subsection
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16320 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16321 brings up the table dialog.
16322 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16323 where the cursor is placed currently.
16324 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16325 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16326 done on all of your selection.
16329 \begin_layout Standard
16330 Additionally to the table dialog the
16333 \begin_inset space ~
16338 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16340 It is for example currently only possible to add
16341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16348 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16355 \begin_inset space ~
16360 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16361 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16362 current cell respectively.
16363 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16365 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16366 of text, see section
16367 \begin_inset space ~
16371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16373 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16380 \begin_layout Standard
16381 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16387 This will merge the cells to
16391 cell, spread over more than one column.
16392 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16393 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16394 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16395 in the last row without the upper border:
16398 \begin_layout Standard
16400 \begin_inset Tabular
16401 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16402 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16404 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 \begin_layout Standard
16538 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16539 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16540 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16541 explained in the tables section of the
16544 \begin_inset space ~
16550 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16551 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16554 degrees counterclockwise.
16555 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16558 \begin_layout Standard
16559 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16567 Most DVI-viewers are
16571 able to display rotations.
16579 \begin_layout Standard
16584 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16589 adds lines for all cell borders.
16592 \begin_layout Subsection
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16598 Tables ! Longtables
16607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 \begin_layout Standard
16617 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16620 \begin_inset space ~
16624 \begin_inset space ~
16633 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16634 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16637 \begin_layout Description
16642 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16643 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16644 except for the first page, if
16647 \begin_inset space ~
16655 \begin_layout Description
16659 \begin_inset space ~
16664 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16665 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16668 \begin_layout Description
16673 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16674 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16675 except for the last page, if
16678 \begin_inset space ~
16686 \begin_layout Description
16690 \begin_inset space ~
16695 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16696 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16699 \begin_layout Description
16700 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16701 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16707 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16710 \begin_inset space ~
16718 \begin_layout Standard
16719 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16720 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16721 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16722 The others will then be defined as
16727 In this context, first means first in this order:
16730 \begin_inset space ~
16742 \begin_inset space ~
16748 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16751 \begin_layout Standard
16753 \begin_inset Tabular
16754 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16755 <features islongtable="true">
16756 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16757 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16758 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16759 <row endfirsthead="true">
16760 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16771 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16790 <row endfirsthead="true">
16791 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16802 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <row endhead="true">
16824 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16835 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <row endhead="true">
16855 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16866 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16887 <row endfoot="true">
16888 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16899 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16908 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16939 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17940 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18002 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18033 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18064 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18095 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18157 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18188 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18219 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18250 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18281 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18467 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18498 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18560 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18591 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18622 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <row endlastfoot="true">
18870 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18890 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 \begin_layout Subsection
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18921 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18928 \begin_layout Standard
18929 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18930 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18931 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18932 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18936 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18937 for the cell's paragraph.
18940 \begin_layout Standard
18941 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18942 for the column in the table dialog.
18943 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18944 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18948 \begin_layout Standard
18950 \begin_inset Tabular
18951 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18954 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19044 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 This is longer now.
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19157 This is longer now.
19162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 \begin_layout Standard
19189 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19190 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19196 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19202 Selection with the mouse or with
19206 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19207 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19208 the selection from outside the table.
19211 \begin_layout Section
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19232 \begin_layout Standard
19233 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19234 have a fixed location.
19236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19243 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19251 \begin_inset space ~
19256 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19257 too much notes at the page.
19260 \begin_layout Standard
19261 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19262 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19263 and pages without text.
19264 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19265 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19266 Floats are therefore numbered.
19267 Referencing is described in section
19268 \begin_inset space ~
19272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19274 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19281 \begin_layout Standard
19282 To insert a float, use the menu
19284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19288 A box with a caption that has e.
19289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19293 \begin_inset space ~
19297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19301 \begin_inset space ~
19305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19308 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19309 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19311 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19322 paragraph within the float.
19323 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19324 by left-clicking on the box label.
19325 A closed float box looks like this:
19326 \begin_inset Graphics
19327 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19332 -- a gray button with a red label.
19335 \begin_layout Standard
19336 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19337 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19340 \begin_layout Subsection
19344 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 Floats ! Figure floats
19356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19358 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19365 \begin_layout Standard
19368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19369 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19372 inserts a float with the label
19373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19379 \begin_inset space ~
19385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19389 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19390 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19391 This is what we did for Figure
19392 \begin_inset space ~
19396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19398 reference "cap:Platypus"
19403 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19404 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19405 This was done in Figure
19406 \begin_inset space ~
19410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19412 reference "cap:Escher"
19419 \begin_layout Standard
19420 \begin_inset Float figure
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19427 \begin_inset Graphics
19428 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19430 rotateOrigin center
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19438 \begin_inset Caption
19440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19443 name "cap:Platypus"
19447 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19460 \begin_layout Standard
19461 \begin_inset Float figure
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 \begin_inset Caption
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 \begin_inset Graphics
19488 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19490 rotateOrigin center
19502 \begin_layout Standard
19503 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19505 As described in section
19506 \begin_inset space ~
19510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19512 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19516 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19521 and refer to it using the menu
19523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19527 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19536 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19549 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19550 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19551 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19552 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19554 \begin_inset space ~
19558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19560 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19564 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19565 You can also set the images one below the other.
19567 \begin_inset space ~
19571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19573 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19580 reference "fig:Platypus"
19584 are the subfigures.
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 \begin_inset Float figure
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19598 \begin_inset Float figure
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 \begin_inset Caption
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19609 name "fig:Undefinable"
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 \begin_inset Graphics
19623 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19634 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19638 \begin_inset Float figure
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19644 \begin_inset Caption
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19649 name "fig:Platypus"
19661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 \begin_inset Graphics
19663 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19675 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 \begin_inset Caption
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19687 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19691 Two distorted images.
19704 \begin_layout Standard
19705 Note that the caption is added to the
19708 \begin_inset space ~
19712 \begin_inset space ~
19717 as described in section
19718 \begin_inset space ~
19722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19724 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19737 Floats ! Table floats
19743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19745 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19752 \begin_layout Standard
19753 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19756 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19760 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19763 \begin_inset space ~
19767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19769 reference "cap:Table-float"
19773 is an example of a table float.
19776 \begin_layout Standard
19777 \begin_inset Float table
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 \begin_inset Caption
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19788 name "cap:Table-float"
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 \begin_inset Tabular
19803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19957 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19999 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20013 \begin_layout Standard
20014 This float type is inserted with the menu
20016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20017 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20021 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20022 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20026 , described in section
20027 \begin_inset space ~
20031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20033 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20040 \begin_layout Standard
20041 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20055 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20058 \begin_layout Standard
20063 floatname{algorithm}{your
20064 \begin_inset space ~
20070 \begin_layout Standard
20071 to the document preamble (menu
20073 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20080 \begin_inset space ~
20086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20106 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20114 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20121 \begin_layout Standard
20122 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20130 \begin_inset Graphics
20131 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20133 rotateOrigin center
20140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 \begin_inset Caption
20143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20146 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20150 This is a wrapped figure.
20151 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20164 This float type is used if you want to
20165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20172 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20174 It can be inserted using the menu
20176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20177 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20179 \begin_inset space ~
20184 if the LaTeX-package
20192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20193 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20206 \begin_inset space ~
20216 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20219 \begin_inset space ~
20223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20225 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20229 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 Available units are explained in Appendix
20239 \begin_inset space ~
20243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20245 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20254 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20268 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20269 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20270 over some other text.
20278 \begin_layout Itemize
20279 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20280 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20281 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20282 breaks will appear.
20285 \begin_layout Itemize
20286 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20287 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20290 \begin_layout Itemize
20291 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20292 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20295 \begin_layout Itemize
20296 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20299 \begin_layout Subsection
20301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20303 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 \begin_layout Standard
20321 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20322 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20326 \begin_inset space ~
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20336 have a multi-column document).
20337 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20340 \begin_inset space ~
20346 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20347 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20354 \begin_layout Standard
20355 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20356 format is also the same: Table
20357 \begin_inset space ~
20361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20363 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20367 is an example of a rotated table float.
20370 \begin_layout Standard
20371 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20387 \begin_layout Standard
20388 \begin_inset Float table
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20394 \begin_inset Caption
20396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20399 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 \begin_inset Tabular
20414 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 \begin_layout Subsection
20482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20484 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20501 \begin_layout Standard
20502 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20503 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20504 \begin_inset Newline newline
20510 \begin_inset space ~
20515 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20516 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20518 \begin_inset Newline newline
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20529 is used to rotate floats, see section
20530 \begin_inset space ~
20534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20536 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20543 \begin_layout Standard
20544 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20545 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20552 \begin_inset space ~
20560 \begin_layout Description
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20569 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20572 \begin_layout Description
20574 \begin_inset space ~
20578 \begin_inset space ~
20581 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20584 \begin_layout Description
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20590 \begin_inset space ~
20593 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20596 \begin_layout Description
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20602 \begin_inset space ~
20605 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20608 \begin_layout Standard
20609 The order of the above option is
20614 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20618 \begin_inset space ~
20622 \begin_inset space ~
20630 \begin_inset space ~
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20639 , and then the others.
20640 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20642 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20643 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20647 By default, each options has its own rules:
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20654 \begin_inset space ~
20658 \begin_inset space ~
20663 only floats occupying less than 70
20664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20667 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20670 \begin_layout Standard
20674 \begin_inset space ~
20678 \begin_inset space ~
20683 : only floats occupying less than 30
20684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20687 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20690 \begin_layout Standard
20694 \begin_inset space ~
20698 \begin_inset space ~
20703 : only if more than 50
20704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20707 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20711 \begin_layout Standard
20712 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20716 \begin_inset space ~
20720 \begin_inset space ~
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20730 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20731 For this case you can use the option
20734 \begin_inset space ~
20740 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20742 Because the float is then no longer able to
20743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20750 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20755 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20758 \begin_layout Standard
20759 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20761 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20763 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20770 \begin_layout Section
20775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20784 name "sec:Minipages"
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20794 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20795 \begin_inset space ~
20802 \begin_layout Standard
20803 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20809 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20810 and its alignment within the page.
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20815 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20824 height_special "totalheight"
20827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20830 This is a minipage.
20831 The text is set in an italic style.
20834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20837 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20838 another formatting.
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20850 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20854 as described in section
20855 \begin_inset space ~
20859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20861 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20866 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20872 \begin_layout Standard
20873 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20882 height_special "totalheight"
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20887 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20893 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20897 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20906 height_special "totalheight"
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20910 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20911 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20926 \begin_layout Standard
20927 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20928 to other box types.
20929 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20940 \begin_layout Chapter
20941 Mathematical Formulas
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20986 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20993 \begin_layout Standard
20994 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20999 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21002 \begin_layout Section
21007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21017 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21018 \begin_inset Graphics
21019 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21024 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21026 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21027 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21028 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21041 \begin_inset space ~
21046 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21049 \begin_layout Standard
21050 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21051 line, like this one:
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 This is a line with an inline formula
21056 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21062 \begin_layout Standard
21063 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21065 \begin_inset Formula \[
21070 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21074 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21090 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21091 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21095 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21098 \begin_inset space ~
21106 \begin_layout Subsection
21107 Navigating in Formulas
21111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21120 \begin_layout Standard
21121 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21122 achieved with the arrow keys.
21123 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21124 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21129 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21130 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21134 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21138 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21140 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21148 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21153 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21154 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21157 \begin_layout Standard
21162 , printed in this document as
21163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21184 \begin_inset Note Note
21187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21188 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21189 space character (visible space).
21194 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21195 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21196 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21201 For example, if you want
21202 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21256 , since in the latter case only the
21259 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21264 will be under the square root sign:
21265 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21271 \begin_layout Standard
21272 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21274 \begin_inset Formula \[
21275 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21278 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21282 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21283 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21286 \begin_layout Subsection
21290 \begin_layout Standard
21291 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21292 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21296 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21297 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21298 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21299 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21300 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21303 \begin_layout Subsection
21304 Exponents and Subscripts
21308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21328 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21329 way is to use a command.
21331 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21334 , type in a formula
21340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21356 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21362 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21366 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21387 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21396 , you have to use an extra
21400 to separate the hat and the character.
21403 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 Subscripts are similar: To get
21425 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21448 \begin_layout Subsection
21453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21463 Create a fraction with either the command
21470 \begin_inset Graphics
21471 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21479 \begin_inset space ~
21485 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21486 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21487 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21492 To move back up, press
21497 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21498 \begin_inset Formula \[
21499 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21501 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21508 \begin_layout Subsection
21513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21523 Roots can be created using the
21526 \begin_inset space ~
21532 \begin_inset Graphics
21533 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21556 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21562 produces always a square root.
21565 \begin_layout Subsection
21566 Operators with Limits
21570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21589 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21596 \begin_layout Standard
21598 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21602 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21605 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21606 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21607 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21608 The sum operator will automatically place its
21609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21616 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21619 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21623 \begin_inset Formula \[
21624 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21628 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21632 \begin_layout Standard
21633 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21635 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21636 behind the operator and hitting
21642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21643 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21645 \begin_inset space ~
21649 \begin_inset space ~
21657 \begin_layout Standard
21658 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21666 feature as addition, such as
21670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21677 \begin_inset Formula \[
21678 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21682 which will place the
21683 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21695 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21696 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21702 \begin_layout Standard
21703 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21710 Have a look at section
21711 \begin_inset space ~
21715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21717 reference "sub:Functions"
21721 for an explanation of function macros.
21724 \begin_layout Subsection
21729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21738 \begin_layout Standard
21739 Most math symbols can be found in the
21742 \begin_inset space ~
21747 under one of several categories; including
21764 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21768 \begin_layout Standard
21769 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21770 you don't have to use the
21773 \begin_inset space ~
21778 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21779 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21782 \begin_layout Subsection
21787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21796 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21803 \begin_layout Standard
21804 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21813 \begin_inset space ~
21819 \begin_inset Graphics
21820 filename ../images/math/space.png
21825 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21826 Here a example for the sequence
21831 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21835 \begin_inset Graphics
21836 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21841 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21842 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21843 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21844 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21849 \begin_layout Standard
21859 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21865 \begin_layout Standard
21875 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21881 \begin_layout Subsection
21886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21895 name "sub:Functions"
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21906 \begin_inset space ~
21911 contains under the button
21912 \begin_inset Graphics
21913 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21917 a number of functions, such as
21918 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21922 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21930 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21937 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21938 avoid confusions, because
21939 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21943 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21949 \begin_layout Standard
21950 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21952 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21956 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21962 \begin_layout Standard
21963 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21964 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21965 \begin_inset space ~
21969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21971 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21978 \begin_layout Subsection
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21992 \begin_layout Standard
21993 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21995 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21996 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21998 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22001 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22002 Our example is entered by typing
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 \begin_inset space ~
22027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22029 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22033 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22036 \begin_layout Standard
22037 \begin_inset Float table
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 \begin_inset Caption
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22048 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22052 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22062 \begin_inset Tabular
22063 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22065 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22151 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22205 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22313 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22367 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22421 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22475 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22529 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22583 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22628 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22649 \begin_layout Standard
22650 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22653 \begin_inset space ~
22659 \begin_inset Graphics
22660 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22664 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22668 \begin_layout Section
22669 Brackets and Delimiters
22673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22692 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22700 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22701 For most purposes, using just the keys
22706 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22707 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22710 \begin_inset space ~
22716 \begin_inset Graphics
22717 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22722 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22724 \begin_inset Formula \[
22725 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22727 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22731 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22732 \begin_inset Formula \[
22733 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22741 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22742 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22745 \begin_layout Standard
22746 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22747 left side and right side.
22748 If you use the option
22751 \begin_inset space ~
22756 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22757 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22758 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22759 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22763 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22764 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22765 inside the brackets.
22766 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22771 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22775 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22786 \begin_layout Section
22791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22800 name "sec:Grouping"
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22808 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22809 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22820 \begin_layout Standard
22821 \begin_inset Formula \[
22822 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22829 \begin_layout Standard
22830 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22845 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22846 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22847 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22850 \begin_layout Section
22851 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22876 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22884 \begin_layout Standard
22885 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22888 \begin_inset space ~
22894 \begin_inset Graphics
22895 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22900 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22901 Here is an example:
22902 \begin_inset Formula \[
22903 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22906 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22910 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22911 \begin_inset space ~
22915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22917 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22922 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22923 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22924 This alignment is set in the box
22929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22977 for every column as default.
22978 For example, the sequence
22979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22990 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22991 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22992 corresponds to the relevant column.
22993 The result will look like this:
22994 \begin_inset Formula \[
22996 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22997 column & has & has\, right\\
22998 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23005 \begin_layout Standard
23006 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23010 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23011 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23019 \begin_layout Standard
23020 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23021 It can be created with the menu
23023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23024 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23026 \begin_inset space ~
23039 \begin_inset Formula \[
23043 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23051 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23054 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23062 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23071 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23079 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23080 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23081 A new row is created by every further hit of
23089 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23090 Here is an example:
23091 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23092 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23093 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23097 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23098 where you want to start the shift and hit
23103 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23104 position to the next column.
23105 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23106 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23107 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23108 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23115 \begin_layout Standard
23116 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23123 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23124 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23127 reference "eq:asquared"
23132 The other types are described in section
23133 \begin_inset space ~
23137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23139 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23146 \begin_layout Section
23147 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23152 Math ! Formula numbering
23161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23162 Math ! Referencing formulas
23168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23170 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23177 \begin_layout Standard
23178 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23180 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23181 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23183 \begin_inset space ~
23191 \begin_inset space ~
23197 The formula number appears in LyX as
23198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23205 within parentheses.
23207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23214 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23216 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23217 the document class.
23218 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23219 separated by a dot:
23220 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23221 1+1=2\end{equation}
23228 \begin_inset space ~
23233 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23234 You can only number displayed formulas.
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23240 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23241 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23243 \begin_inset space ~
23247 \begin_inset space ~
23251 \begin_inset space ~
23259 \begin_inset space ~
23264 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23265 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23267 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23268 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23272 To number all lines use the shortcut
23275 \begin_inset space ~
23283 \begin_layout Standard
23284 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23287 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23288 A label is inserted with the menu
23290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23293 when the cursor is in the formula.
23294 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23295 It is recommended to use the proposed
23296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23307 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23308 type when you have many labels in your document.
23309 We inserted in the following example the label
23310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23317 in the second line:
23318 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23319 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23320 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23324 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23325 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23335 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23339 \begin_inset space ~
23345 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23346 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23347 as the formula number:
23350 \begin_layout Standard
23351 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23354 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23361 \begin_layout Standard
23362 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23363 \begin_inset space ~
23367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23369 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23374 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23380 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23393 \begin_layout Section
23394 User defined math macros
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23407 name "sec:math-macros"
23414 \begin_layout Standard
23415 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23416 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23417 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23419 \begin_inset Newline newline
23422 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23423 \begin_inset Formula \[
23424 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23428 The general form of its solution is:
23429 \begin_inset Formula \[
23430 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23437 \begin_layout Standard
23438 The macro should print the parameters
23439 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23443 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23447 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23450 like in the equation above.
23453 \begin_layout Standard
23454 A macro is created by executing the command
23457 \begin_layout Standard
23464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23487 \begin_inset space ~
23491 \begin_inset space ~
23497 \begin_layout Standard
23498 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23499 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23500 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23501 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 We have three arguments and name the macro
23507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23514 , so that the command is:
23517 \begin_layout Standard
23524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23550 This results in the following macro definition box:
23551 \begin_inset Graphics
23552 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23557 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23558 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23559 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23563 \begin_inset Note Note
23566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23567 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23568 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23576 \begin_layout Standard
23577 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23578 the math panel or commands.
23579 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23580 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23591 for the first argument.
23592 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23593 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23594 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23595 in LyX with its full size.
23596 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23597 In our example we insert the sequence
23598 \begin_inset Newline newline
23626 \begin_inset Newline newline
23631 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23634 \begin_layout Standard
23635 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23650 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23653 \begin_layout Standard
23655 \begin_inset Graphics
23656 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23664 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23665 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23666 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23667 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23668 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23671 \begin_layout Standard
23672 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23673 to the new definition.
23674 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23675 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23679 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23683 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23687 \begin_inset Formula \[
23695 \begin_layout Standard
23696 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23714 \begin_inset Newline newline
23721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23747 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23751 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23752 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23753 definition box in your document.
23754 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23756 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23758 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23763 \begin_layout Section
23767 \begin_layout Subsection
23772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23781 \begin_layout Standard
23782 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23783 To set a font in a formula, use the
23786 \begin_inset space ~
23792 \begin_inset Graphics
23793 filename ../images/math/font.png
23797 , or enter its command, listed in table
23798 \begin_inset space ~
23802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23804 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23811 \begin_layout Standard
23812 \begin_inset Float table
23817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23818 \begin_inset Caption
23820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23823 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23827 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23837 \begin_inset Tabular
23838 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23840 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23873 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23900 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23927 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23960 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23987 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24014 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24048 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24075 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24109 \begin_layout Standard
24110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24118 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24134 \begin_layout Standard
24135 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24136 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24141 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24142 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24143 Here an example where a
24144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24155 denotes the set of numbers:
24156 \begin_inset Formula \[
24157 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24164 \begin_layout Standard
24165 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24176 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24180 \begin_inset Newline newline
24183 So better don't use this feature.
24186 \begin_layout Standard
24187 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24188 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24192 \begin_inset Newline newline
24195 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24201 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24202 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24208 \begin_layout Standard
24215 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24218 \begin_layout Standard
24219 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24222 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24224 \begin_inset space ~
24232 \begin_layout Subsection
24237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24247 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24249 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24253 \begin_inset space ~
24257 \begin_inset space ~
24265 \begin_inset space ~
24271 \begin_inset Graphics
24272 filename ../images/math/font.png
24276 (alternatively the shortcut
24279 \begin_inset space ~
24285 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24286 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24287 Here is an example:
24288 \begin_inset Formula \[
24290 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24291 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24298 \begin_layout Subsection
24303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24313 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24314 automatically chosen in most situations.
24332 For most characters,
24340 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24341 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24346 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24347 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24348 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24349 \begin_inset Graphics
24350 filename ../images/math/style.png
24355 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24356 For example, you can set
24357 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24360 , which is normally in
24369 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24373 The four styles are used in the following example:
24376 \begin_layout Standard
24377 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24381 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24385 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24389 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24397 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24401 \begin_inset space ~
24406 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24407 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24408 will be adjusted to correspond.
24409 As example a formula in the font size
24410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24420 \begin_layout Standard
24424 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24430 \begin_layout Section
24434 \begin_layout Standard
24435 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24436 the document classes and into layout modules.
24440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24446 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24447 other than the AMS classes.
24449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24451 reference "sub:Modules"
24455 for more on layout modules.
24458 \begin_layout Section
24463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24482 \begin_layout Standard
24483 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24484 (AMS) that are in common use.
24487 \begin_layout Subsection
24488 Enabling AMS-Support
24491 \begin_layout Standard
24492 Selecting the checkbox
24495 \begin_inset space ~
24499 \begin_inset space ~
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24518 Document ! Settings
24526 \begin_inset space ~
24531 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24533 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24534 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24537 \begin_layout Subsection
24539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24541 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24550 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24560 LyX allows you to choose between
24581 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24584 \begin_layout Chapter
24588 \begin_layout Section
24593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24602 name "sec:Cross-References"
24609 \begin_layout Standard
24610 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24611 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24613 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24614 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24615 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24618 \begin_layout Enumerate
24622 \begin_layout Enumerate
24623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24625 name "enu:Second-item"
24632 \begin_layout Enumerate
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24637 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24642 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24643 \begin_inset Graphics
24644 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24650 A grey label box like this:
24651 \begin_inset Graphics
24652 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24657 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24658 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24693 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24694 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24709 \begin_layout Standard
24710 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24715 or the toolbar button
24716 \begin_inset Graphics
24717 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24723 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24724 \begin_inset Graphics
24725 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24730 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24732 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24745 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24747 Here is our cross-reference:
24750 \begin_layout Standard
24752 \begin_inset space ~
24756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24758 reference "enu:Second-item"
24765 \begin_layout Standard
24766 It is recommended to use a protected space
24770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24771 described in section
24772 \begin_inset space ~
24776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24778 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24787 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24791 \begin_layout Standard
24792 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24795 \begin_layout Description
24796 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24799 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24806 \begin_layout Description
24807 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24808 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24820 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24827 \begin_layout Description
24828 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24829 \begin_inset space ~
24833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24834 LatexCommand pageref
24835 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24842 \begin_layout Description
24844 \begin_inset space ~
24848 \begin_inset space ~
24851 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24853 LatexCommand vpageref
24854 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24861 \begin_layout Description
24863 \begin_inset space ~
24867 \begin_inset space ~
24871 \begin_inset space ~
24874 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24878 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24885 \begin_layout Description
24887 \begin_inset space ~
24890 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24891 \begin_inset Newline newline
24895 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24903 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24912 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24926 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24927 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24933 \begin_inset space ~
24937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24953 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24954 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24958 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24963 You can only use the style
24967 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24971 is always possible.
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24976 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24977 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24978 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24979 \begin_inset space ~
24983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24985 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24996 \begin_inset space ~
25000 \begin_inset space ~
25005 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25006 The button text changes then to
25009 \begin_inset space ~
25014 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25015 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25016 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25020 \begin_layout Standard
25021 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25022 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25023 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25026 \begin_layout Standard
25027 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25028 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25031 \begin_layout Standard
25032 References are described in detail in the
25039 \begin_layout Section
25040 Table of Contents and other Listings
25044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25070 \begin_layout Subsection
25072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25074 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25085 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25087 \begin_inset space ~
25091 \begin_inset space ~
25097 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25098 If you click on it, the
25102 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25103 sections in your documents.
25104 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25106 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25109 that is described in sec.
25110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25116 reference "sec:Navigating"
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25125 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25127 \begin_inset space ~
25131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25133 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25137 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25139 \begin_inset space ~
25143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25145 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25149 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25151 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25154 \begin_layout Subsection
25155 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25158 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25165 \begin_layout Standard
25166 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25167 You can insert them via the
25169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25171 \begin_inset space ~
25175 \begin_inset space ~
25181 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25184 \begin_layout Section
25185 URLs and Hyperlinks
25189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25208 \begin_layout Subsection
25210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25219 \begin_layout Standard
25220 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25229 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25230 \begin_inset Flex URL
25233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25243 \begin_layout Standard
25244 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25250 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25254 \begin_layout Standard
25255 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25263 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25271 \begin_layout Subsection
25273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25275 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25282 \begin_layout Standard
25283 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25288 or with the toolbar button
25289 \begin_inset Graphics
25290 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25291 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25296 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25305 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25306 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25307 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25309 name "LyX's homepage"
25310 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25314 , an Email address like this:
25315 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25317 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25318 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25323 , or a link to a file.
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25327 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25340 to the link target.
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25344 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25345 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25346 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25347 the text style dialog.
25348 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25352 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25354 name "LyX's homepage"
25355 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25362 \begin_layout Standard
25363 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25367 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25370 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25374 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25376 \begin_inset Newline newline
25384 \begin_inset Newline newline
25391 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25394 \begin_layout Section
25399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25408 name "sec:Appendices"
25415 \begin_layout Standard
25416 Appendices are created with the menu
25418 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25420 \begin_inset space ~
25424 \begin_inset space ~
25430 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25431 as appendix region.
25432 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25435 \begin_layout Standard
25436 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25437 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25438 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25439 and the subsection number.
25440 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25444 \begin_layout Standard
25446 \begin_inset space ~
25450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25452 reference "cha:Credits"
25457 \begin_inset space ~
25461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25463 reference "sub:Export"
25470 \begin_layout Section
25475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25484 name "sec:Bibliography"
25491 \begin_layout Standard
25492 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25493 You can include a bibliography database
25497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25498 Known under the name
25499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25511 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25513 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25517 , described in section
25518 \begin_inset space ~
25522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25524 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25536 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25538 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25547 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25549 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25558 , a short form of its title, as key.
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25562 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 or the toolbar button
25568 \begin_inset Graphics
25569 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25575 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25576 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25577 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25578 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25583 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25584 with surrounding brackets.
25589 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25590 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25605 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25608 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25610 key "latexcompanion"
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25618 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25619 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25628 \begin_layout Subsection
25629 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25634 Bibliography ! Databases
25643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25644 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25652 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25660 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25662 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25664 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25665 your working field in a database.
25666 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25667 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25670 \begin_layout Standard
25671 The database is a text file with the file extension
25672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25683 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25684 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25685 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25687 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25692 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25694 \begin_inset Newline newline
25698 \begin_inset Flex URL
25701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25703 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25709 \begin_inset Newline newline
25712 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25716 To use a database, use the menu
25718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25723 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25736 \begin_inset space ~
25742 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25743 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25747 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25759 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25760 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25761 take care of the layout.
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25765 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25768 \begin_layout Standard
25769 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25776 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25778 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25812 \begin_inset space ~
25818 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25827 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25835 the two methods of creating them.
25836 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25837 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25838 We used the style file
25842 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25845 \begin_layout Subsection
25846 Bibliography layout
25850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25851 Bibliography ! Layout
25859 \begin_layout Standard
25860 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25861 For this feature you need to use the option
25867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25875 Document ! Settings
25885 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25886 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25887 in the previous section.
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25891 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25892 in the citation reference window.
25893 Here an example where we set the text
25894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25898 \begin_inset space ~
25902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25905 to appear after the reference:
25908 \begin_layout Standard
25910 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25913 key "latexcompanion"
25920 \begin_layout Section
25925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25946 \begin_inset space ~
25951 or the toolbar button
25952 \begin_inset Graphics
25953 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25971 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25972 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25973 by LyX as index entry.
25976 \begin_layout Standard
25977 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25978 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25982 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25990 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25994 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25998 \begin_inset space ~
26002 \begin_inset space ~
26005 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26007 \begin_inset space ~
26013 A light blue box labeled
26014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26025 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26026 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26029 \begin_layout Subsection
26030 Grouping Index Entries
26034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26044 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26046 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26047 lists under the entry
26048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26056 First we create the entry
26057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26065 \begin_inset space ~
26069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26071 reference "sub:Lists"
26076 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26077 \begin_inset space ~
26081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26083 reference "sec:Itemize"
26087 , we insert the command
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26096 \begin_layout Standard
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26106 \begin_layout Standard
26107 for the enumerated list in section
26108 \begin_inset space ~
26112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26114 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26122 The exclamation mark
26123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26130 marks the grouping levels.
26131 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26132 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26133 If we don't have an index entry for
26134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26141 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26144 \begin_layout Subsection
26149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26150 Index ! Page ranges
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26159 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26161 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26162 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26164 \begin_inset space ~
26168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26170 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26180 Paragraph environments|(
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26184 and another entry at the end of section
26185 \begin_inset space ~
26189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26191 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26201 Paragraph environments|)
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26229 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26230 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26231 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26232 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26233 An example is the index entry
26234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26237 Document ! Settings
26238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26244 \begin_layout Subsection
26249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26250 Index ! Cross referencing
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26259 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26260 We referred for example in the index entry
26261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26269 \begin_inset space ~
26273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26275 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26279 ) to the index entry
26280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26287 in the same section using the entry
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26293 GIF|see{Image formats}
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26297 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26298 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26299 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26302 \begin_layout Subsection
26307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26308 Index ! Entry order
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26317 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26318 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26319 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26324 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26326 \begin_inset space ~
26330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26332 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26341 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26342 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26371 Dummy entries ! maïs
26380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 Dummy entries ! maître
26390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26391 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26396 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26397 order maïs, maison, maître.
26398 To achieve this, we use the command
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26404 previous entry@current entry
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 In our case we want to have
26409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26424 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26427 \begin_layout Standard
26433 \begin_layout Standard
26434 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26435 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26439 \begin_layout Subsection
26444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26445 Index ! Entry layout
26453 \begin_layout Standard
26454 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26461 This is an italic dummy entry
26466 You can also format the page number using the character
26467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26474 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26475 We can write for example
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26481 italic page number:|textit
26484 \begin_layout Standard
26485 to get the page number in italic.
26489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26490 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26495 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26513 \begin_inset space ~
26519 Have a look at section
26520 \begin_inset space ~
26524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26526 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26530 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26533 \begin_layout Standard
26534 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26542 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26546 to generate the index, see section
26547 \begin_inset space ~
26551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26553 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26562 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26563 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26565 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26568 key "latexcompanion"
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26581 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26583 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26584 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26585 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26586 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26587 If so, put the following in preamble
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26606 \begin_layout Standard
26612 \begin_layout Standard
26613 into the index entry.
26617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26618 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26623 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26624 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26625 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26629 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26635 \begin_inset space ~
26638 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26639 for all index entries.
26640 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26652 documentation for details,
26653 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26655 key "makeindex,xindy"
26662 \begin_layout Subsection
26667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26676 name "sub:Index-Program"
26683 \begin_layout Standard
26684 When the index entry program
26688 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26689 generation, otherwise the program
26693 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26694 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26695 dialog, see section
26696 \begin_inset space ~
26700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26702 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26707 The available options are listed and explained in
26708 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26710 key "makeindex,xindy"
26715 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26723 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26724 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26726 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26728 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26729 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26737 \begin_layout Section
26738 Nomenclature / Glossary
26742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26783 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26791 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26792 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26796 \begin_layout Standard
26797 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26806 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26812 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26813 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26819 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26823 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26824 and then use the menu
26826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26832 \begin_inset space ~
26837 or the toolbar button
26838 \begin_inset Graphics
26839 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26857 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26860 \begin_layout Standard
26861 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26862 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26863 The second is the description of the symbol.
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26875 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26883 \begin_layout Subsection
26884 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26889 Nomenclature ! Layout
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26898 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26902 field as LaTeX-formula.
26904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26908 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26916 \begin_inset Newline newline
26924 \begin_inset Newline newline
26930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26937 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26938 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26950 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26960 \begin_layout Standard
26961 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26962 \begin_inset space ~
26966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26968 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26979 \begin_inset space ~
26984 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26985 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26990 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26997 in this document is:
26998 \begin_inset Newline newline
27003 dummy entry for the character
27008 \begin_inset Newline newline
27020 \begin_inset space ~
27030 font use the command
27059 \begin_layout Subsection
27060 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27065 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27073 \begin_layout Standard
27074 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27075 the symbol definition.
27076 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27077 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27080 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27081 LatexCommand nomenclature
27083 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27090 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27094 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27095 LatexCommand nomenclature
27098 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27103 They will be sorted by
27104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27130 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27133 will be sorted before the
27137 since the character
27138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27145 is considered in sorting.
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27149 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27152 \begin_inset space ~
27157 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27158 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27160 For the given example, you can insert
27164 to this field for the
27165 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27172 will be located before
27173 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27180 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27185 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27194 \begin_layout Subsection
27195 Nomenclature Options
27199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27200 Nomenclature ! Options
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27213 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27214 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27217 \begin_layout Description
27218 refeq Appends the phrase
27219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27234 to every nomenclature entry, where
27240 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27243 \begin_layout Description
27244 refpage Appends the phrase
27245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27260 to every nomenclature entry, where
27266 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27269 \begin_layout Description
27270 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 There are furthermore the options
27318 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27323 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27324 class options list in the
27326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27330 In this document the options
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27342 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27348 \begin_layout Standard
27349 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27350 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27355 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27358 \begin_layout Description
27368 \begin_layout Description
27371 nomrefpage Like the
27378 \begin_layout Description
27381 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27390 \begin_layout Description
27394 \begin_inset space ~
27400 \begin_inset space ~
27405 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27408 \begin_layout Subsection
27409 Printing the Nomenclature
27413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27414 Nomenclature ! Printing
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27427 \begin_inset space ~
27431 \begin_inset space ~
27434 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27438 A light blue box labeled
27439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27450 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27451 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27464 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27472 For example, in order to change the name to
27476 , add the following line to the preamble:
27479 \begin_layout Standard
27487 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27491 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27499 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27510 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27516 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27517 \begin_inset space ~
27521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27523 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27528 The default value is 1
27529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27535 \begin_layout Section
27540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27551 Document ! Branches
27557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27559 name "sec:Branches"
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27567 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27568 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27569 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27570 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27574 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27575 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27576 To create a branch, go in the
27578 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27586 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27587 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27591 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27592 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27597 where you can choose a branch.
27598 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27602 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27603 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27607 \begin_inset Branch Question
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27619 \begin_layout Standard
27620 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27633 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27640 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27641 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27643 For example you can define for the question branch
27647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27648 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27649 \begin_inset space ~
27653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27655 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27688 and for the answer branch
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27712 \begin_inset Branch Question
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27751 \begin_layout Standard
27755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27784 Now it is possible to use the commands
27788 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27795 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27798 to obtain conditional output.
27799 Here is an example formula where only the
27806 \begin_inset Formula \[
27807 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27814 \begin_layout Standard
27815 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27816 \begin_inset space ~
27820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27822 reference "sec:math-macros"
27829 \begin_layout Section
27831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27833 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27855 dialog provides under
27859 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27860 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27869 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27882 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27883 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27884 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27886 You can specify in the dialog tab
27890 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27892 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27893 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
27896 \begin_layout Standard
27901 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27902 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27903 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27905 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27906 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27908 \begin_inset space ~
27911 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27912 \begin_inset space ~
27915 1 will only display the sections.
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27919 The header informations in the dialog tab
27923 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27924 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27929 \begin_inset space ~
27932 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27933 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27936 Automatic fill header
27938 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27939 title and author settings.
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27945 Load in fullscreen mode
27947 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27952 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27958 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27959 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27968 \begin_layout Section
27969 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27972 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27979 \begin_layout Subsection
27984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27993 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28001 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28002 constructs, but not all.
28003 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28004 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28005 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28006 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28007 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28012 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28014 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28018 \begin_inset space ~
28023 or by the toolbar button
28024 \begin_inset Graphics
28025 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28030 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28034 \begin_layout Standard
28035 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28036 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28037 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28044 , you can write the command part
28050 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28054 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28055 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28056 the following example:
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28060 \begin_inset Graphics
28061 filename clipart/ERT.png
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28074 This is a line with a
28078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28110 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28111 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28119 \begin_layout Subsection
28120 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28121 \begin_inset OptArg
28124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28143 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28152 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28153 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28162 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28163 every time if you know the right commands.
28165 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28166 the end of the day.
28167 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28168 all caption labels bold.
28169 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28171 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28175 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28176 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28177 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28179 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 As result you know that the package
28197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28198 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28204 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28206 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28212 \begin_layout Standard
28217 usepackage[options]{package name}
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28221 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28222 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28223 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28227 In your case the package name is
28232 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28237 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28238 So you add the command
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28246 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28249 \begin_layout Standard
28250 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28255 For more commands provided by the
28259 package, have a look at its documentation,
28260 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28277 For example if you use a
28281 class, you don't need the package
28285 , you can instead write
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28293 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28300 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28301 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28308 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28312 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28313 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28315 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28316 the previous section.
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28320 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28322 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28324 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28332 \begin_layout Section
28333 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28346 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28365 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28366 to break your train of thought with
28368 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28374 \begin_layout Standard
28375 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28376 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28385 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28390 as explained below, and turn on
28393 \begin_inset space ~
28400 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28406 \begin_inset space ~
28410 \begin_inset space ~
28413 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28420 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28422 Previews of an already loaded document are
28426 generated just by selecting the
28429 \begin_inset space ~
28434 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28438 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28439 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28447 check box in the insert dialog.
28448 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28453 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28457 (on some systems named simply
28462 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28464 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28470 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28471 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28479 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28484 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28490 \begin_layout Standard
28491 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28495 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28497 \begin_inset space ~
28502 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28503 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28505 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28506 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28507 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28508 the source view window.
28511 \begin_layout Section
28513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28515 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28533 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28534 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28551 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28557 can be seen as successor of
28561 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28566 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28567 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28577 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28584 \begin_layout Standard
28587 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28590 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28591 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28592 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28593 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28594 scrolled so that it is visible.
28599 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28601 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28605 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28606 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28609 \begin_layout Standard
28610 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28613 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28617 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28618 will bring an error message.
28619 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28620 specifying a different
28622 Alternative language
28624 in preferences dialog.
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28628 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28631 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28636 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28637 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28639 But you can use the
28642 \begin_inset space ~
28646 \begin_inset space ~
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28655 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28656 This does work with
28660 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28663 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28667 \begin_layout Standard
28672 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28675 \begin_layout Description
28677 \begin_inset space ~
28680 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28681 should consider, e.g.
28682 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28683 This should not normally be needed.
28686 \begin_layout Description
28688 \begin_inset space ~
28691 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28692 as your personal dictionary
28695 \begin_layout Description
28697 \begin_inset space ~
28701 \begin_inset space ~
28704 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28716 \begin_layout Description
28718 \begin_inset space ~
28722 \begin_inset space ~
28725 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28727 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28734 also for the spellchecker.
28738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28739 The encodings are explained in section
28740 \begin_inset space ~
28744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28746 reference "sub:Settings"
28755 Only enable this if you use
28759 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28760 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28761 so this is disabled by default.
28764 \begin_layout Section
28769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28778 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28786 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28789 \begin_layout Standard
28790 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28793 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28796 or the toolbar button
28797 \begin_inset Graphics
28798 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28799 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28800 rotateOrigin center
28805 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28809 \begin_layout Standard
28810 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28811 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28812 cases to find related words.
28815 \begin_layout Standard
28816 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28818 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28826 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28835 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28854 \begin_layout Section
28859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28870 Document ! Change Tracking
28876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28878 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28886 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28887 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28888 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28889 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28893 \begin_inset space ~
28896 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28898 \begin_inset space ~
28906 \begin_layout Standard
28907 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28916 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28919 \begin_inset space ~
28923 \begin_inset space ~
28936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28960 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28967 \begin_inset Graphics
28968 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28975 \begin_layout Standard
28976 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28982 \begin_layout Standard
28983 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28987 \begin_layout Standard
28988 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28994 \begin_layout Standard
28995 \begin_inset Tabular
28996 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28997 <features islongtable="true">
28998 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28999 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29005 \begin_inset Graphics
29006 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29007 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29008 rotateOrigin center
29017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29025 \begin_inset space ~
29028 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29030 \begin_inset space ~
29039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29044 \begin_inset Graphics
29045 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29046 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29047 rotateOrigin center
29056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29064 \begin_inset space ~
29067 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29069 \begin_inset space ~
29073 \begin_inset space ~
29077 \begin_inset space ~
29086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29091 \begin_inset Graphics
29092 filename ../images/change-next.png
29093 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29094 rotateOrigin center
29103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29107 Jumps to the next change
29113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29118 \begin_inset Graphics
29119 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29121 rotateOrigin center
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29136 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29138 \begin_inset space ~
29141 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29143 \begin_inset space ~
29152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 \begin_inset Graphics
29158 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29160 rotateOrigin center
29169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29175 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29177 \begin_inset space ~
29180 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29182 \begin_inset space ~
29191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29196 \begin_inset Graphics
29197 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29198 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29199 rotateOrigin center
29208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29214 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29216 \begin_inset space ~
29219 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29221 \begin_inset space ~
29230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29235 \begin_inset Graphics
29236 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29238 rotateOrigin center
29247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29253 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29255 \begin_inset space ~
29258 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29260 \begin_inset space ~
29264 \begin_inset space ~
29273 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29278 \begin_inset Graphics
29279 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29280 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29281 rotateOrigin center
29290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29298 \begin_inset space ~
29301 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29303 \begin_inset space ~
29307 \begin_inset space ~
29316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29321 \begin_inset Graphics
29322 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29323 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29324 rotateOrigin center
29333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29340 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29342 \begin_inset space ~
29351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29356 \begin_inset Graphics
29357 filename ../images/note-next.png
29358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29359 rotateOrigin center
29368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29374 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29376 \begin_inset space ~
29392 \begin_layout Standard
29393 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29400 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29401 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29402 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29403 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29404 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29405 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29406 step to the next change.
29407 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29410 \begin_layout Standard
29411 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29412 to describe a change.
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29416 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29425 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29431 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29432 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29438 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29441 \begin_layout Section
29442 International Support
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 International support
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29456 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29457 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29458 how to set up LyX to use them:
29459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29461 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29469 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29470 \begin_inset space ~
29474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29476 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29483 \begin_layout Subsection
29488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29499 Document ! Settings
29508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29509 Document ! Language
29517 \begin_layout Standard
29520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29523 dialog lets you set
29525 the language and character encoding for your language.
29529 \begin_layout Standard
29530 Choose your language in the
29534 section of this dialog.
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29547 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29551 use language's default encoding
29553 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29554 For details about the different encoding options see section
29555 \begin_inset space ~
29559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29561 reference "sub:Settings"
29568 \begin_layout Subsection
29569 Keyboard mapping configuration
29570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29572 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29579 \begin_layout Standard
29580 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29581 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29582 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29583 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29584 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29586 \begin_inset space ~
29590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29592 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29597 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29598 which one you want to use.
29601 \begin_layout Standard
29602 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29603 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29604 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29605 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29606 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29607 one to support the characters you want.
29608 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29615 \begin_layout Subsection
29617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29626 \begin_layout Standard
29628 \begin_inset space ~
29632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29634 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29643 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29648 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29649 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29657 \begin_layout Itemize
29658 Even if you have selected
29664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29667 dialog, users who have only the
29671 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29675 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29676 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29677 french quotes won't show up.
29680 \begin_layout Standard
29681 \begin_inset Float table
29686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 \begin_inset Caption
29689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29692 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29710 \begin_inset Tabular
29711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29727 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 \begin_layout Standard
34143 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34145 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34146 also the characters from
34158 \begin_layout Itemize
34167 \begin_layout Standard
34168 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34169 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34175 \begin_layout Standard
34176 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34177 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34183 \begin_layout Standard
34184 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34185 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34193 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34199 \begin_layout Standard
34201 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34207 \begin_layout Standard
34209 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34217 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34224 \begin_layout Itemize
34237 \begin_layout Standard
34239 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34245 \begin_layout Standard
34247 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34253 \begin_layout Standard
34255 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34261 \begin_layout Standard
34263 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34269 \begin_layout Standard
34271 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34277 \begin_layout Standard
34279 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34287 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34288 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34289 Also make sure you're using the
34296 \begin_layout Chapter
34299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34301 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34308 \begin_layout Standard
34309 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34310 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34311 inside the user's guide.
34314 \begin_layout Section
34319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 \begin_layout Standard
34333 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34334 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34337 \begin_layout Subsection
34341 \begin_layout Standard
34342 Creates a new document.
34345 \begin_layout Subsection
34349 \begin_layout Standard
34350 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34351 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34352 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34355 \begin_layout Subsection
34359 \begin_layout Standard
34363 \begin_layout Subsection
34367 \begin_layout Standard
34368 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34369 Click there on a file to open it.
34372 \begin_layout Subsection
34376 \begin_layout Standard
34377 Closes the current document.
34380 \begin_layout Subsection
34384 \begin_layout Standard
34385 Saves the actual document.
34388 \begin_layout Subsection
34392 \begin_layout Standard
34393 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34396 \begin_layout Subsection
34400 \begin_layout Standard
34401 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34404 \begin_layout Subsection
34408 \begin_layout Standard
34409 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34410 It is described in the section
34412 Version Control in LyX
34417 \begin_inset space ~
34425 \begin_layout Subsection
34429 \begin_layout Standard
34430 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34431 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34432 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34435 \begin_layout Standard
34436 When using the menu
34439 \begin_inset space ~
34443 \begin_inset space ~
34448 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34449 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34450 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34451 will start a new paragraph.
34454 \begin_layout Subsection
34456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34465 \begin_layout Standard
34466 You can export your document to various file formats.
34467 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34468 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34469 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34473 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34475 \begin_inset space ~
34479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34481 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34488 \begin_layout Description
34492 \begin_inset space ~
34497 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34498 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34501 \begin_layout Description
34509 \begin_layout Description
34510 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34514 \begin_layout Description
34516 \begin_inset space ~
34520 \begin_inset space ~
34523 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34527 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34535 \begin_layout Description
34542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 \begin_inset space ~
34555 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34556 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34560 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34563 \begin_layout Description
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34578 \begin_inset space ~
34583 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34584 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34592 \begin_layout Description
34594 \begin_inset space ~
34597 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34605 is replaced by the version number)
34608 \begin_layout Description
34609 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34622 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34626 \begin_layout Description
34631 PDF-format using the program
34636 \begin_layout Description
34640 \begin_inset space ~
34645 PDF-format using the program
34650 \begin_layout Description
34654 \begin_inset space ~
34659 PDF-format using the program
34664 \begin_layout Description
34668 \begin_inset space ~
34676 \begin_layout Description
34680 \begin_inset space ~
34684 \begin_inset space ~
34689 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34690 and then exported as text using the program
34695 \begin_layout Description
34700 PostScript format using the program
34705 \begin_layout Description
34713 \begin_layout Standard
34718 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34719 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34725 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34728 \begin_layout Standard
34729 If one of the menu entries
34736 \begin_inset space ~
34745 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34746 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34747 \begin_inset space ~
34751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34753 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 Reconfiguration of LyX
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34775 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34776 the export program.
34779 \begin_layout Subsection
34783 \begin_layout Standard
34784 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34785 or send it to a printer.
34786 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34787 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34793 For more informations have a look at section
34794 \begin_inset space ~
34798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34800 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34807 \begin_layout Subsection
34808 New and Close Window
34811 \begin_layout Standard
34812 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34813 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34816 \begin_layout Section
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34830 \begin_layout Subsection
34834 \begin_layout Standard
34835 Described in section
34836 \begin_inset space ~
34840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34842 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34849 \begin_layout Subsection
34850 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34853 \begin_layout Standard
34854 Described in section
34855 \begin_inset space ~
34859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34861 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34868 \begin_layout Subsection
34872 \begin_layout Standard
34873 Selects the whole document.
34876 \begin_layout Subsection
34880 \begin_layout Standard
34881 Described in section
34882 \begin_inset space ~
34886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34888 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34895 \begin_layout Subsection
34896 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34899 \begin_layout Standard
34900 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34904 \begin_layout Subsection
34908 \begin_layout Standard
34909 Described in section
34910 \begin_inset space ~
34914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34916 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34923 \begin_layout Subsection
34928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34929 Paragraph ! Settings
34937 \begin_layout Standard
34938 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34940 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34943 \begin_layout Standard
34944 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34945 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34954 \begin_inset space ~
34962 \begin_layout Subsection
34966 \begin_layout Standard
34967 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34968 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34969 The properties of tables are described in section
34970 \begin_inset space ~
34974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34976 reference "sec:Tables"
34980 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34981 \begin_inset space ~
34985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34987 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34994 \begin_layout Subsection
34995 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34998 \begin_layout Standard
34999 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35001 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35002 \begin_inset space ~
35006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35008 reference "sec:Nesting"
35013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35015 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35022 \begin_layout Section
35027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 \begin_layout Standard
35041 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35042 document with an external program.
35043 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35044 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35045 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35046 \begin_inset space ~
35050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35052 reference "sub:Export"
35057 You should at least see the menu entries
35064 \begin_inset space ~
35070 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35071 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35072 \begin_inset space ~
35076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35078 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 Reconfiguration of LyX
35095 \begin_layout Standard
35096 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35097 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35098 \begin_inset space ~
35102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35104 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35109 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35112 \begin_layout Standard
35113 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35116 At the bottom of the
35120 menu the opened documents are listed.
35123 \begin_layout Subsection
35124 Open/Close all Insets
35127 \begin_layout Standard
35128 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35131 \begin_layout Subsection
35132 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35135 \begin_layout Standard
35136 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35139 \begin_layout Standard
35140 More about math macros will be described in the
35147 \begin_layout Subsection
35151 \begin_layout Standard
35152 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35154 \begin_inset space ~
35158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35160 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35167 \begin_layout Subsection
35171 \begin_layout Standard
35172 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35173 opening a new view window.
35176 \begin_layout Subsection
35180 \begin_layout Standard
35181 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35182 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35183 the same document, but at different positions.
35184 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35185 or more documents the same time.
35186 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35193 \begin_layout Subsection
35197 \begin_layout Standard
35198 Closes a split view.
35201 \begin_layout Subsection
35205 \begin_layout Standard
35206 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35207 that you will see nothing than your text.
35208 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35209 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35210 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35213 \begin_layout Subsection
35215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35217 name "sub:Toolbars"
35225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35234 \begin_layout Standard
35235 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35236 All toolbars and the
35239 \begin_inset space ~
35244 can be turned on and off.
35249 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35270 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35274 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35281 \begin_layout Standard
35286 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35290 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35291 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35292 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35293 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35294 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35297 \begin_layout Standard
35298 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35305 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35312 \begin_layout Section
35317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35326 \begin_layout Subsection
35330 \begin_layout Standard
35331 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35332 \begin_inset space ~
35336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35338 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35349 \begin_layout Subsection
35351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35353 name "sub:Special-Character"
35360 \begin_layout Standard
35361 Here you can insert the following characters:
35364 \begin_layout Description
35365 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35366 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35367 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35368 \begin_inset Newline newline
35372 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35380 Not all characters will be visible in the
35384 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35392 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35396 ) can display every character.
35404 \begin_layout Description
35405 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35409 \begin_layout Description
35411 \begin_inset space ~
35415 \begin_inset space ~
35418 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35425 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35432 \begin_layout Description
35434 \begin_inset space ~
35437 Quote Inserts this quote:
35438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35441 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35453 \begin_layout Description
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35458 Quote Inserts this quote:
35459 \begin_inset Quotes els
35465 \begin_layout Description
35467 \begin_inset space ~
35470 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35474 \begin_layout Description
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35479 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35483 \begin_layout Description
35485 \begin_inset space ~
35488 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35492 \begin_layout Description
35494 \begin_inset space ~
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35512 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35517 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35518 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35519 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35528 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35534 \begin_inset Newline newline
35537 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35541 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35549 and this Wiki-page:
35550 \begin_inset Newline newline
35554 \begin_inset Flex URL
35557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35559 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35567 \begin_layout Subsection
35571 \begin_layout Standard
35572 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35575 \begin_layout Description
35576 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35577 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35583 \begin_layout Description
35584 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35585 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35591 \begin_layout Description
35593 \begin_inset space ~
35596 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35597 \begin_inset space ~
35601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35603 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35610 \begin_layout Description
35612 \begin_inset space ~
35615 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35616 \begin_inset space ~
35620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35622 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35629 \begin_layout Description
35631 \begin_inset space ~
35634 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35635 \begin_inset space ~
35639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35641 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35648 \begin_layout Description
35650 \begin_inset space ~
35653 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35654 \begin_inset space ~
35658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35660 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35667 \begin_layout Description
35669 \begin_inset space ~
35672 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35673 \begin_inset space ~
35677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35679 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35686 \begin_layout Description
35688 \begin_inset space ~
35691 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35692 \begin_inset space ~
35696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35698 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35705 \begin_layout Description
35707 \begin_inset space ~
35710 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35711 \begin_inset space ~
35715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35717 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35724 \begin_layout Description
35726 \begin_inset space ~
35729 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35730 \begin_inset space ~
35734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35736 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35743 \begin_layout Description
35745 \begin_inset space ~
35749 \begin_inset space ~
35752 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35753 \begin_inset space ~
35757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35759 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35766 \begin_layout Description
35768 \begin_inset space ~
35771 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35772 text line to the page border, see section
35773 \begin_inset space ~
35777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35779 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35786 \begin_layout Description
35788 \begin_inset space ~
35791 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35792 \begin_inset space ~
35796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35798 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35805 \begin_layout Description
35807 \begin_inset space ~
35810 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35811 text page to the page border, described in section
35812 \begin_inset space ~
35816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35818 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35825 \begin_layout Description
35827 \begin_inset space ~
35830 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35831 \begin_inset space ~
35835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35837 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35844 \begin_layout Description
35846 \begin_inset space ~
35850 \begin_inset space ~
35853 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35854 \begin_inset space ~
35858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35860 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35867 \begin_layout Subsection
35871 \begin_layout Standard
35872 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35873 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35875 \begin_inset space ~
35879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35881 reference "sec:toc"
35886 The index list is described in section
35887 \begin_inset space ~
35891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35893 reference "sec:Index"
35897 , the nomenclature in section
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35904 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35908 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35909 \begin_inset space ~
35913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35915 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35922 \begin_layout Subsection
35926 \begin_layout Standard
35927 To insert floats, described in section
35928 \begin_inset space ~
35932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35934 reference "sec:Floats"
35941 \begin_layout Subsection
35945 \begin_layout Standard
35946 To insert notes, described in section
35947 \begin_inset space ~
35951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35953 reference "sec:Notes"
35960 \begin_layout Subsection
35964 \begin_layout Standard
35965 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35966 \begin_inset space ~
35970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35972 reference "sec:Branches"
35979 \begin_layout Subsection
35984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35993 \begin_layout Standard
35994 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35995 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36006 \begin_layout Subsection
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36020 \begin_layout Standard
36021 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36022 \begin_inset space ~
36026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36028 reference "sec:Minipages"
36033 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36044 \begin_layout Subsection
36048 \begin_layout Standard
36049 Inserts a citation as described in section
36050 \begin_inset space ~
36054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36056 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36063 \begin_layout Subsection
36067 \begin_layout Standard
36068 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36069 \begin_inset space ~
36073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36075 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36082 \begin_layout Subsection
36086 \begin_layout Standard
36087 Inserts a label as described in section
36088 \begin_inset space ~
36092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36094 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36101 \begin_layout Subsection
36106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36117 Longtables ! Caption
36125 \begin_layout Standard
36126 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36127 Floats are described in section
36128 \begin_inset space ~
36132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36134 reference "sec:Floats"
36138 , captions in longtables are described in section
36149 \begin_layout Subsection
36153 \begin_layout Standard
36154 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36155 \begin_inset space ~
36159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36161 reference "sec:Index"
36168 \begin_layout Subsection
36172 \begin_layout Standard
36173 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36180 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36187 \begin_layout Subsection
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36193 Tables are described in section
36194 \begin_inset space ~
36198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36200 reference "sec:Tables"
36207 \begin_layout Subsection
36211 \begin_layout Standard
36213 Graphics are described in section
36214 \begin_inset space ~
36218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36220 reference "sec:Graphics"
36227 \begin_layout Subsection
36231 \begin_layout Standard
36232 Inserts an URL as described in section
36233 \begin_inset space ~
36237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36239 reference "sub:URLs"
36246 \begin_layout Subsection
36250 \begin_layout Standard
36251 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36252 \begin_inset space ~
36256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36258 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36265 \begin_layout Subsection
36269 \begin_layout Standard
36270 Inserts a footnote, see section
36271 \begin_inset space ~
36275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36277 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36284 \begin_layout Subsection
36288 \begin_layout Standard
36289 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36296 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36303 \begin_layout Subsection
36307 \begin_layout Standard
36308 Inserts a short title, see section
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36315 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36322 \begin_layout Subsection
36326 \begin_layout Standard
36327 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36328 \begin_inset space ~
36332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36334 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36341 \begin_layout Subsection
36346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36356 Inserts a program listings box.
36357 Program listings are explained in chapter
36359 Program Code Listings
36368 \begin_layout Subsection
36372 \begin_layout Standard
36373 Inserts the actual date.
36374 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36376 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36386 There the different methods are also compared.
36389 \begin_layout Section
36394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36403 \begin_layout Standard
36404 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36405 \begin_inset space ~
36408 of the current document.
36409 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36418 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36421 \begin_inset space ~
36425 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36426 \begin_inset space ~
36429 2.5 and use the menu
36432 \begin_inset space ~
36436 \begin_inset space ~
36443 \begin_inset space ~
36449 \begin_inset space ~
36453 \begin_inset space ~
36459 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36471 \begin_layout Standard
36472 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36473 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36476 \begin_layout Subsection
36477 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36480 \begin_layout Standard
36481 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36485 \begin_layout Subsection
36489 \begin_layout Standard
36490 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36491 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36492 on a cross-reference box.
36495 \begin_layout Section
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 \begin_layout Subsection
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 Change Tracking is described in section
36515 \begin_inset space ~
36519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36521 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36528 \begin_layout Subsection
36533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36546 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36549 \begin_layout Standard
36550 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36555 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36558 \begin_layout Subsection
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36564 \begin_inset space ~
36568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36570 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36577 \begin_layout Subsection
36578 Start Appendix Here
36581 \begin_layout Standard
36582 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36583 position as described in section
36584 \begin_inset space ~
36588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36590 reference "sec:Appendices"
36597 \begin_layout Subsection
36601 \begin_layout Standard
36602 Un/compresses the actual document.
36605 \begin_layout Subsection
36607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36609 name "sub:Settings"
36617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36618 Document ! Settings
36626 \begin_layout Standard
36627 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36629 You can save your document settings as default with the
36631 Save as Document Defaults
36633 button in the dialog.
36634 This will create a template named
36638 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36642 \begin_layout Standard
36643 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36646 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36652 document, and modules.
36653 Document classes are described in section
36654 \begin_inset space ~
36658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36660 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36664 , modules in section
36665 \begin_inset space ~
36669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36671 reference "sub:Modules"
36676 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36681 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36682 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36683 Specifiying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36684 a child or subdocument.
36685 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36696 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36700 \begin_layout Standard
36701 The document font settings are described in section
36702 \begin_inset space ~
36706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36708 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36715 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36719 \begin_layout Standard
36720 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36722 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36726 \begin_layout Standard
36727 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36728 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36729 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36732 \begin_layout Standard
36733 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36741 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36746 A description of this menu is given in section
36747 \begin_inset space ~
36751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36753 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36760 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36767 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36771 \begin_layout Standard
36772 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36773 \begin_inset space ~
36777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36779 reference "sub:Margins"
36786 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 Language ! Encoding
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36801 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36802 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36803 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36804 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36805 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36806 known for a particular character).
36810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36812 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36817 manual for details.
36825 \begin_layout Standard
36826 If you use the option
36828 use language's default encoding
36830 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36832 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36833 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36834 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36835 exactly one encoding.
36836 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36845 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36846 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36848 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36863 \begin_layout Standard
36864 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36865 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36866 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36867 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36868 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36869 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
36872 use language's default encoding
36874 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36875 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36876 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36879 \begin_layout Standard
36880 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36883 \begin_layout Description
36885 \begin_inset space ~
36890 use language's default encoding
36892 , but the LaTeX-package
36900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36907 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36908 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36909 languages in TeX code.
36912 \begin_layout Description
36913 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36916 \begin_layout Description
36917 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36918 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36921 \begin_layout Description
36922 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36925 \begin_layout Description
36926 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36929 \begin_layout Description
36930 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36933 \begin_layout Description
36934 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36937 \begin_layout Description
36938 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36941 \begin_layout Description
36942 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36943 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36946 \begin_layout Description
36947 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36948 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36951 \begin_layout Description
36952 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36955 \begin_layout Description
36956 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36959 \begin_layout Description
36960 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36963 \begin_layout Description
36964 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36967 \begin_layout Description
36968 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36969 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36970 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36974 \begin_layout Description
36975 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36976 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36979 \begin_layout Description
36980 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36984 \begin_layout Description
36985 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36988 \begin_layout Description
36989 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36990 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36993 \begin_layout Description
36994 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36995 the euro currency sign, the
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
37009 be the replacement for latin1
37012 \begin_layout Description
37013 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
37016 \begin_layout Description
37017 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37026 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37032 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37036 \begin_layout Description
37037 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37051 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37054 \begin_layout Description
37055 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37064 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37069 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37072 \begin_layout Description
37073 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
37077 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37087 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37101 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37105 \begin_layout Standard
37106 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37108 \begin_inset space ~
37112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37114 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37121 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37125 \begin_layout Standard
37126 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37149 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37155 For a further description see section
37156 \begin_inset space ~
37160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37162 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37169 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37173 \begin_layout Standard
37174 The PDF properties are explained in section
37175 \begin_inset space ~
37179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37181 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37188 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37192 \begin_layout Standard
37193 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37202 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37221 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37224 \begin_layout Standard
37229 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37230 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37233 \begin_layout Standard
37238 is used for special integral characters.
37241 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37245 \begin_layout Standard
37246 The float placement options are described in section
37247 \begin_inset space ~
37251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37253 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37260 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37264 \begin_layout Standard
37265 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37266 The itemize environment is described in section
37267 \begin_inset space ~
37271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37273 reference "sec:Itemize"
37280 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37284 \begin_layout Standard
37285 Branches are described in section
37286 \begin_inset space ~
37290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37292 reference "sec:Branches"
37299 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37314 \begin_layout Standard
37315 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37316 to define LaTeX-commands.
37317 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37318 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37322 \begin_layout Standard
37323 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37324 \begin_inset space ~
37328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37330 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37337 \begin_layout Section
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 \begin_layout Subsection
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37356 Spell checking is explained in section
37357 \begin_inset space ~
37361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37363 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37370 \begin_layout Subsection
37374 \begin_layout Standard
37375 The thesaurus is described in section
37376 \begin_inset space ~
37380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37382 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37389 \begin_layout Subsection
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37403 \begin_layout Standard
37404 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
37408 \begin_layout Subsection
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37423 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37426 \begin_layout Subsection
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37432 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 Reconfiguration of LyX
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 Reconfiguration of LyX
37472 \begin_layout Standard
37473 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37474 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37475 \begin_inset space ~
37479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37481 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37488 \begin_layout Subsection
37492 \begin_layout Standard
37493 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37500 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37507 \begin_layout Section
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37521 \begin_layout Standard
37522 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37526 \begin_layout Standard
37530 \begin_inset space ~
37535 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37536 found by LyX (see also section
37537 \begin_inset space ~
37541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37543 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37550 \begin_layout Section
37552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37554 name "sec:Toolbars"
37561 \begin_layout Standard
37562 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37563 \begin_inset space ~
37567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37569 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37576 \begin_layout Standard
37577 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37578 This is described in the
37585 \begin_layout Subsection
37590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 \begin_layout Standard
37600 \begin_inset Graphics
37601 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37609 \begin_layout Standard
37610 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37616 \begin_layout Standard
37617 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 \begin_inset Note Note
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37643 manual for more information.
37651 \begin_layout Standard
37652 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37658 \begin_layout Standard
37659 \begin_inset Tabular
37660 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37661 <features islongtable="true">
37662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37669 \begin_inset Graphics
37670 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37684 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37697 \begin_layout Standard
37698 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37706 \begin_inset Tabular
37707 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37708 <features islongtable="true">
37709 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37710 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37718 \begin_inset Graphics
37719 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37720 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37735 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 \begin_inset Graphics
37748 filename ../images/file-open.png
37749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37776 \begin_inset Graphics
37777 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37778 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37793 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 \begin_inset Graphics
37806 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37807 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37822 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37834 \begin_inset Graphics
37835 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37851 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 \begin_inset Graphics
37864 filename ../images/undo.png
37865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37880 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 \begin_inset Graphics
37893 filename ../images/redo.png
37894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 \begin_inset Graphics
37922 filename ../images/cut.png
37923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37950 \begin_inset Graphics
37951 filename ../images/copy.png
37952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37979 \begin_inset Graphics
37980 filename ../images/paste.png
37981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38008 \begin_inset Graphics
38009 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38011 rotateOrigin center
38020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38026 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38046 \begin_inset Graphics
38047 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38048 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38061 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38063 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38065 \begin_inset space ~
38076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38081 \begin_inset Graphics
38082 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38083 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38096 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38098 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38100 \begin_inset space ~
38111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38116 \begin_inset Graphics
38117 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38118 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38131 Formats text using the current settings in the
38133 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38135 \begin_inset space ~
38146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 \begin_inset Graphics
38152 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38153 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38169 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38171 \begin_inset space ~
38180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38185 \begin_inset Graphics
38186 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38188 rotateOrigin center
38197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38215 \begin_inset Graphics
38216 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38217 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38218 rotateOrigin center
38227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 \begin_inset Graphics
38246 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38248 rotateOrigin center
38257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 Toggle outline window on/off,
38263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38270 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38275 \begin_inset Graphics
38276 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38277 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38278 rotateOrigin center
38287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 \begin_inset Graphics
38303 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38305 rotateOrigin center
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38331 \begin_layout Subsection
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 \begin_layout Standard
38346 \begin_inset Graphics
38347 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38355 \begin_layout Standard
38356 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38362 \begin_layout Standard
38363 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38367 \begin_layout Standard
38368 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38374 \begin_layout Standard
38375 \begin_inset Tabular
38376 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38377 <features islongtable="true">
38378 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38379 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 \begin_inset Graphics
38386 filename ../images/layout.png
38387 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38388 rotateOrigin center
38397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38412 \begin_inset Graphics
38413 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38415 rotateOrigin center
38424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 \begin_inset Graphics
38440 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38442 rotateOrigin center
38451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38466 \begin_inset Graphics
38467 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38468 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38469 rotateOrigin center
38478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_inset Graphics
38494 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38496 rotateOrigin center
38505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 \begin_inset Graphics
38521 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38523 rotateOrigin center
38532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38538 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38540 \begin_inset space ~
38544 \begin_inset space ~
38553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38558 \begin_inset Graphics
38559 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38561 rotateOrigin center
38570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38576 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38578 \begin_inset space ~
38582 \begin_inset space ~
38591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38596 \begin_inset Graphics
38597 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38614 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38626 \begin_inset Graphics
38627 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38628 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38644 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38656 \begin_inset Graphics
38657 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38685 \begin_inset Graphics
38686 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38687 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38714 \begin_inset Graphics
38715 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38743 \begin_inset Graphics
38744 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38745 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38762 \begin_inset space ~
38771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38776 \begin_inset Graphics
38777 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38778 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38795 \begin_inset space ~
38804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 \begin_inset Graphics
38810 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38838 \begin_inset Graphics
38839 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38841 rotateOrigin center
38850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38858 \begin_inset space ~
38867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 \begin_inset Graphics
38873 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38890 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38892 \begin_inset space ~
38901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38906 \begin_inset Graphics
38907 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38935 \begin_inset Graphics
38936 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38964 \begin_inset Graphics
38965 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38966 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39008 \begin_inset Graphics
39009 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39026 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39038 \begin_inset Graphics
39039 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39040 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39056 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39072 \begin_inset Graphics
39073 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39075 rotateOrigin center
39084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39092 \begin_inset space ~
39101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39106 \begin_inset Graphics
39107 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39108 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39109 rotateOrigin center
39118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39126 \begin_inset space ~
39135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39140 \begin_inset Graphics
39141 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39142 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39143 rotateOrigin center
39152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39158 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39172 \begin_layout Subsection
39173 View / Update Toolbar
39177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39178 Toolbar ! View / Update
39186 \begin_layout Standard
39187 \begin_inset Graphics
39188 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39195 \begin_layout Standard
39196 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39202 \begin_layout Standard
39203 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39207 \begin_layout Standard
39208 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39214 \begin_layout Standard
39215 \begin_inset Tabular
39216 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39217 <features islongtable="true">
39218 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39219 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39225 \begin_inset Graphics
39226 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39227 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39228 rotateOrigin center
39237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39243 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39250 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39255 \begin_inset Graphics
39256 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39257 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39258 rotateOrigin center
39267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39273 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39274 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39286 \begin_inset Graphics
39287 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39289 rotateOrigin center
39298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39304 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39316 \begin_inset Graphics
39317 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39319 rotateOrigin center
39328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39334 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39335 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39341 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
39342 functionality is merged with
39344 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39364 \begin_inset Graphics
39365 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39367 rotateOrigin center
39376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39382 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39394 \begin_inset Graphics
39395 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39396 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39397 rotateOrigin center
39406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39412 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39413 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39427 \begin_layout Subsection
39431 \begin_layout Standard
39432 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39433 \begin_inset space ~
39437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39439 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39443 , the table toolbar
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39457 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
39464 \begin_layout Chapter
39470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39472 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39489 \begin_layout Standard
39490 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39492 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39495 \begin_layout Section
39499 \begin_layout Subsection
39501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39512 Customization ! of toolbars
39521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39522 Customization ! of menus
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39539 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39548 User Interface File
39552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39553 Customization ! of toolbars
39562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39563 Customization ! of menus
39571 \begin_layout Standard
39572 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39573 interface (ui) file.
39574 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39575 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39584 Both files are loaded by the
39589 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39590 files and edit the entries.
39593 \begin_layout Standard
39594 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39606 entries must be ended with an explicit
39631 and in the case of the
39632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39644 The syntax for the entries is:
39647 \begin_layout Standard
39648 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39676 \begin_layout Standard
39678 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39681 All LyX-functions are listed in
39682 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39691 \begin_layout Standard
39692 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39698 \begin_layout Standard
39699 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39701 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39704 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39708 \begin_layout Standard
39709 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39714 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39717 \begin_layout Standard
39719 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39722 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39739 \begin_layout Standard
39740 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39741 Several binding files are available:
39744 \begin_layout Description
39745 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39748 \begin_layout Description
39749 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39760 \begin_layout Description
39761 mac.bind set of bindings for
39764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39772 \begin_layout Standard
39773 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39777 , and bind files for special languages.
39778 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39788 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39792 \begin_layout Standard
39793 Some bind-files, like
39797 , have only a small scope.
39798 When looking at the the end of the file
39802 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39805 \begin_layout Standard
39806 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39807 s with a text editor.
39808 The syntax of the entries is:
39811 \begin_layout Standard
39817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39835 \begin_layout Standard
39836 All LyX-functions are listed in
39837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39846 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39850 \begin_layout Standard
39854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39861 restore window size, or use fixed size
39863 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39867 \begin_layout Standard
39871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39878 restore window position
39880 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39883 \begin_layout Standard
39886 Restore cursor positions
39888 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39892 \begin_layout Standard
39895 Load opened files from last session
39897 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39904 name "sub:Backup documents"
39912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39921 \begin_layout Standard
39926 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39929 \begin_layout Standard
39934 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39937 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39951 \begin_layout Standard
39954 Cursor follows scrollbar
39956 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39964 \begin_layout Standard
39967 Enable Pixmap Cache
39969 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39970 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39971 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39972 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39974 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39975 \begin_inset space ~
39981 \begin_layout Subsection
39986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39995 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40002 \begin_layout Standard
40003 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40006 \begin_layout Standard
40007 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40015 This section only deals with the fonts
40020 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40024 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40035 \begin_layout Standard
40036 By default, LyX uses
40040 as roman (serif) font,
40048 (depends on the system) as
40051 \begin_inset space ~
40067 \begin_layout Standard
40068 You can change the font size with the
40075 \begin_layout Standard
40080 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40081 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40086 points have the size of 1
40087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40097 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40104 \begin_layout Standard
40109 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40110 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
40114 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40121 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40128 \begin_layout Subsection
40133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40152 \begin_layout Standard
40153 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40154 Choose an item in the list and use the
40161 \begin_layout Subsection
40166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40167 Settings ! Graphics
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40176 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40179 \begin_layout Standard
40184 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40185 This feature is described in section
40186 \begin_inset space ~
40190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40192 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40199 \begin_layout Subsection
40204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40215 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40223 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40230 \begin_layout Standard
40231 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40232 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40241 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40242 can use the keyboard map file named
40249 \begin_layout Standard
40250 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40258 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40266 \begin_layout Section
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40282 Settings ! Directory
40290 \begin_layout Description
40292 \begin_inset space ~
40295 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40296 It is the default when you
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40315 \begin_layout Description
40317 \begin_inset space ~
40320 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40322 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40324 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_inset space ~
40336 \begin_layout Description
40338 \begin_inset space ~
40345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40351 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40352 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40353 \begin_inset space ~
40357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40359 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40367 will be used to save the backups.
40368 \begin_inset Newline newline
40371 The backup files have the ending
40372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40382 \begin_layout Description
40387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40394 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40395 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40396 \begin_inset Newline newline
40400 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40408 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40416 \begin_layout Description
40418 \begin_inset space ~
40421 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40424 \begin_layout Description
40426 \begin_inset space ~
40429 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40430 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40431 to find it on the system.
40432 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40433 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40442 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40443 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40447 \begin_layout Section
40451 \begin_layout Standard
40452 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40453 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40455 \begin_inset space ~
40459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40461 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40465 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40468 \begin_layout Section
40473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40474 Language ! Settings
40483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40484 Settings ! Language
40492 \begin_layout Subsection
40496 \begin_layout Description
40498 \begin_inset space ~
40501 language is the language used in new documents
40504 \begin_layout Description
40506 \begin_inset space ~
40509 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40511 The default is the LaTeX-command
40517 that loads the package
40525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40526 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40527 \begin_inset space ~
40531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40533 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40543 \begin_inset Newline newline
40550 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40551 the document language.
40552 A text label is for instance the word
40553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40560 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40563 \begin_layout Description
40565 \begin_inset space ~
40568 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40569 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40570 An example is the start command
40576 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40596 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40601 \begin_layout Description
40603 \begin_inset space ~
40611 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40612 command toggles the package on and off.
40615 \begin_layout Description
40617 \begin_inset space ~
40627 \begin_layout Description
40628 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40629 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40630 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40631 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40638 \begin_layout Description
40640 \begin_inset space ~
40643 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40645 When this option is not set, the
40648 \begin_inset space ~
40653 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40654 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40657 \begin_inset space ~
40665 \begin_layout Description
40667 \begin_inset space ~
40673 \begin_inset space ~
40679 When it is not set, the
40682 \begin_inset space ~
40687 is set to the end of the document.
40690 \begin_layout Description
40692 \begin_inset space ~
40696 \begin_inset space ~
40699 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40700 language will be underlined blue.
40703 \begin_layout Description
40705 \begin_inset space ~
40709 \begin_inset space ~
40713 \begin_inset space ~
40717 \begin_inset space ~
40720 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40724 \begin_layout Subsection
40728 \begin_layout Standard
40729 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40730 \begin_inset space ~
40734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40736 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40743 \begin_layout Section
40747 \begin_layout Subsection
40749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40778 \begin_layout Description
40780 \begin_inset space ~
40783 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40784 The name will be used when the
40789 \begin_inset Newline newline
40793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40801 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40810 \begin_layout Description
40812 \begin_inset space ~
40816 \begin_inset space ~
40820 \begin_inset space ~
40823 printer This option works only for the
40828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40840 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40841 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40844 \begin_layout Description
40846 \begin_inset space ~
40849 command is the command LyX
40850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40857 LaTeX uses for printing.
40858 The default is on most systems
40865 \begin_layout Description
40867 \begin_inset space ~
40871 \begin_inset space ~
40874 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40875 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40876 of the program that provides the
40883 \begin_layout Subsection
40888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40899 Settings ! Date format
40907 \begin_layout Standard
40908 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40909 \begin_inset Newline newline
40913 \begin_inset Flex URL
40916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40924 \begin_inset Newline newline
40927 For example the format
40928 \begin_inset Newline newline
40932 \begin_inset Newline newline
40935 prints the date as day/month/year.
40938 \begin_layout Subsection
40942 \begin_layout Description
40944 \begin_inset space ~
40948 \begin_inset space ~
40951 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40954 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40955 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40957 \begin_inset space ~
40963 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40967 \begin_layout Description
40969 \begin_inset space ~
40972 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40977 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40978 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40981 \begin_layout Subsection
40986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40996 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 \begin_layout Description
41018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41026 \begin_inset space ~
41029 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41034 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41056 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41069 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41070 LyX sets up in the background.
41071 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41074 \begin_layout Description
41076 \begin_inset space ~
41080 \begin_inset space ~
41083 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41088 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41091 \begin_layout Description
41093 \begin_inset space ~
41097 \begin_inset space ~
41101 \begin_inset space ~
41105 \begin_inset space ~
41109 \begin_inset space ~
41113 \begin_inset space ~
41116 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41118 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41121 dialog when changing the document class.
41124 \begin_layout Standard
41127 External Applications
41129 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41130 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41131 manuals of the applications.
41132 Currently the following commands can be set:
41135 \begin_layout Description
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41148 \begin_inset space ~
41151 command Command for the program
41155 that is described in section
41166 \begin_layout Description
41171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41179 \begin_inset space ~
41182 command Command for the program
41186 that generates the bibliography, see section
41187 \begin_inset space ~
41191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41193 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41200 \begin_layout Description
41202 \begin_inset space ~
41205 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41206 \begin_inset space ~
41210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41212 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41219 \begin_layout Description
41221 \begin_inset space ~
41225 \begin_inset space ~
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41236 options They only have an effect when the program
41240 is used as DVI-viewer.
41243 \begin_layout Subsection
41248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41267 \begin_layout Standard
41272 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41275 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41277 uses the Windows path style:
41280 \begin_layout Standard
41288 \begin_layout Standard
41289 instead of the Unix path style:
41292 \begin_layout Standard
41296 \begin_layout Section
41301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 \begin_layout Standard
41311 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41312 from one format to another.
41313 You can modify them or create new ones.
41314 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41321 \begin_inset space ~
41331 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41335 \begin_inset space ~
41340 drop-down list, modify the
41344 field, and press the
41351 \begin_layout Standard
41354 Converter File Cache
41356 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41359 Maximum Age (in days
41362 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41363 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41366 \begin_layout Standard
41367 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41368 the converter definition, is described in section
41379 \begin_layout Section
41384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41393 name "sec:File-Formats"
41400 \begin_layout Standard
41401 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41402 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41404 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41412 \begin_inset space ~
41424 \begin_layout Standard
41425 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41426 is described in section
41437 \begin_layout Section
41442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41451 \begin_layout Standard
41452 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41453 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41454 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41455 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41456 This is done by a Copier.
41459 \begin_layout Standard
41460 More about converters is described in section
41471 \begin_layout Chapter
41472 Units available in LyX
41476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41485 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41492 \begin_layout Standard
41493 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41496 reference "cap:Units"
41500 explains all units available in LyX.
41503 \begin_layout Standard
41504 \begin_inset Float table
41510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41511 \begin_inset Caption
41513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41529 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41537 \begin_inset Tabular
41538 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 scaled point (65536
41693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41753 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41808 % of original image width
41815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42022 \begin_layout Chapter
42024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42033 \begin_layout Standard
42034 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42035 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42038 \begin_layout Itemize
42041 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42044 \begin_layout Itemize
42050 \begin_layout Itemize
42056 \begin_layout Itemize
42062 \begin_layout Itemize
42068 \begin_layout Itemize
42074 \begin_layout Itemize
42080 \begin_layout Itemize
42086 \begin_layout Itemize
42089 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42092 \begin_layout Itemize
42098 \begin_layout Itemize
42104 \begin_layout Itemize
42110 \begin_layout Itemize
42116 \begin_layout Itemize
42122 \begin_layout Itemize
42128 \begin_layout Itemize
42134 \begin_layout Itemize
42140 \begin_layout Itemize
42142 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42151 \begin_layout Standard
42152 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42155 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42162 \begin_layout Bibliography
42163 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42164 LatexCommand bibitem
42171 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42174 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42179 \begin_inset Newline newline
42183 \begin_inset Flex URL
42186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42196 \begin_layout Bibliography
42197 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42198 LatexCommand bibitem
42199 key "latexcompanion"
42203 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42205 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42208 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42211 \begin_layout Bibliography
42212 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42213 LatexCommand bibitem
42218 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42221 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42224 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42227 \begin_layout Bibliography
42228 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42229 LatexCommand bibitem
42236 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42239 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42242 \begin_layout Bibliography
42243 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42244 LatexCommand bibitem
42256 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42259 \begin_layout Bibliography
42260 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42261 LatexCommand bibitem
42267 \begin_inset Newline newline
42271 \begin_inset Flex URL
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42276 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42284 \begin_layout Bibliography
42285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42286 LatexCommand bibitem
42292 \begin_inset Newline newline
42296 \begin_inset Flex URL
42299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42309 \begin_layout Bibliography
42310 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42311 LatexCommand bibitem
42317 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42319 name "Documentation"
42320 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42329 \begin_inset Newline newline
42333 \begin_inset Flex URL
42336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42346 \begin_layout Bibliography
42347 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42348 LatexCommand bibitem
42354 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42356 name "Documentation"
42357 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42366 \begin_inset Newline newline
42370 \begin_inset Flex URL
42373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42375 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42383 \begin_layout Bibliography
42384 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42385 LatexCommand bibitem
42391 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42393 name "Documentation"
42394 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42398 of the LaTeX-package
42406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42407 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42413 \begin_inset Newline newline
42417 \begin_inset Flex URL
42420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42422 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42430 \begin_layout Bibliography
42431 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42432 LatexCommand bibitem
42438 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42440 name "Documentation"
42441 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42445 of the LaTeX-package
42453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42454 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42460 \begin_inset Newline newline
42464 \begin_inset Flex URL
42467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42477 \begin_layout Bibliography
42478 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42479 LatexCommand bibitem
42487 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42489 name "Documentation"
42490 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42496 of the LaTeX-package
42504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42511 \begin_inset Newline newline
42515 \begin_inset Flex URL
42518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42520 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42528 \begin_layout Bibliography
42529 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42530 LatexCommand bibitem
42536 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42538 name "Documentation"
42539 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42543 of the LaTeX-package
42551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42552 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42558 \begin_inset Newline newline
42562 \begin_inset Flex URL
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42567 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42575 \begin_layout Bibliography
42576 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42577 LatexCommand bibitem
42583 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42585 name "Documentation"
42586 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42590 of the LaTeX-package
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42599 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42605 \begin_inset Newline newline
42609 \begin_inset Flex URL
42612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42614 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42622 \begin_layout Bibliography
42623 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42624 LatexCommand bibitem
42630 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42632 name "Documentation"
42633 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42637 of the LaTeX-package
42645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42646 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42652 \begin_inset Newline newline
42656 \begin_inset Flex URL
42659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42661 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42669 \begin_layout Bibliography
42670 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42671 LatexCommand bibitem
42677 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42680 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42684 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42685 \begin_inset Newline newline
42689 \begin_inset Flex URL
42692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42694 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42702 \begin_layout Bibliography
42703 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42704 LatexCommand bibitem
42710 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42713 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42717 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42718 \begin_inset Newline newline
42722 \begin_inset Flex URL
42725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42727 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42735 \begin_layout Bibliography
42736 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42737 LatexCommand bibitem
42743 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42746 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42750 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42751 \begin_inset Newline newline
42755 \begin_inset Flex URL
42758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42760 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42768 \begin_layout Bibliography
42769 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42770 LatexCommand bibitem
42776 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42779 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42783 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42784 \begin_inset Newline newline
42788 \begin_inset Flex URL
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42793 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42801 \begin_layout Bibliography
42802 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42803 LatexCommand bibitem
42809 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42812 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42816 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42817 \begin_inset Newline newline
42821 \begin_inset Flex URL
42824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42834 \begin_layout Bibliography
42835 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42836 LatexCommand bibitem
42842 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42845 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42849 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42850 \begin_inset Newline newline
42854 \begin_inset Flex URL
42857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42859 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42867 \begin_layout Bibliography
42868 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42869 LatexCommand bibitem
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42878 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42882 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42883 \begin_inset Newline newline
42887 \begin_inset Flex URL
42890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42892 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42900 \begin_layout Bibliography
42901 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42902 LatexCommand bibitem
42908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42911 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42915 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42916 \begin_inset Newline newline
42920 \begin_inset Flex URL
42923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42925 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42933 \begin_layout Bibliography
42934 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42935 LatexCommand bibitem
42941 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42944 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42948 about new features in
42953 \begin_inset Newline newline
42957 \begin_inset Flex URL
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42962 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42970 \begin_layout Standard
42971 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43005 \begin_inset Note Note
43008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43015 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43016 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43017 bibliography is the second one:
43025 \begin_layout Standard
43026 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43027 LatexCommand bibtex
43028 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43029 options "biblio/alphadin"
43036 \begin_layout Standard
43037 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43040 \begin_layout Standard
43043 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43044 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43049 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43050 LatexCommand printindex